updated for version 7.3.155

Problem:    Crash when using map(), filter() and remove() on v:. (ZyX)
            Also for extend(). (Yukihiro Nakadaira)
Solution:   Mark v: as locked.  Also correct locking error messages.

.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# Unixen: object and executable files.
+*.o
+src/vim
+src/xxd/xxd
+src/auto/if_perl.c
+src/tags
+
+# We do need src/auto/configure.
+src/auto/config.aap
+src/auto/config.cache
+src/auto/config.h
+src/auto/config.log
+src/auto/config.mk
+src/auto/config.status
+src/auto/configure.aap
+src/auto/osdef.h
+src/auto/link.log
+src/auto/link.sed
+src/auto/pathdef.c
+
+# Windows
+*.exe
+*.idb
+*.manifest
+*.exp
+*.obj
+*.pdb
+*.ilk
+*.sln
+*.suo
+*.res
+*.RES
+src/pathdef.c
+src/Obj*/pathdef.c
+gvimext.dll
+gvimext.lib
+
+# All platforms
+*.rej
+*.orig
+*.mo
+*.swp
+*~
+
+# Generated by "make test"
+src/po/*.ck 
+src/testdir/mbyte.vim 
+src/testdir/mzscheme.vim 
+src/testdir/small.vim 
+src/testdir/tiny.vim 
+src/testdir/test*.out

Contents

@@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Vim		Vi IMproved.  A clone of the UNIX text editor Vi.  Very useful
 		messages, shows current file name in window title, on-line
 		help, rectangular cut/paste, etc., etc., etc...
 
-		Version 7.2.  Also runs under UNIX, MSDOS and other systems.
+		Version 7.3.  Also runs under UNIX, MSDOS and other systems.
-		vim72rt.tgz  contains the documentation and syntax files.
+		vim73rt.tgz  contains the documentation and syntax files.
-		vim72bin.tgz contains the binaries.
+		vim73bin.tgz contains the binaries.
-		vim72src.tgz contains the sources.
+		vim73src.tgz contains the sources.
 		Author: Bram Moolenaar et al.
 
 

Filelist

@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/arabic.c \
 		src/arabic.h \
 		src/ascii.h \
+		src/blowfish.c \
 		src/buffer.c \
 		src/charset.c \
 		src/diff.c \
@@ -38,6 +39,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/mark.c \
 		src/mbyte.c \
 		src/memfile.c \
+		src/memfile_test.c \
 		src/memline.c \
 		src/menu.c \
 		src/message.c \
@@ -58,6 +60,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/regexp.h \
 		src/screen.c \
 		src/search.c \
+		src/sha256.c \
 		src/structs.h \
 		src/spell.c \
 		src/syntax.c \
@@ -79,6 +82,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/test49.vim \
 		src/testdir/test60.vim \
 		src/proto.h \
+		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
 		src/proto/charset.pro \
 		src/proto/diff.pro \
@@ -116,6 +120,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/regexp.pro \
 		src/proto/screen.pro \
 		src/proto/search.pro \
+		src/proto/sha256.pro \
 		src/proto/spell.pro \
 		src/proto/syntax.pro \
 		src/proto/tag.pro \
@@ -206,19 +211,24 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 SRC_DOS_UNIX =	\
 		src/if_cscope.c \
 		src/if_cscope.h \
+		src/if_lua.c \
 		src/if_mzsch.c \
 		src/if_mzsch.h \
 		src/if_perl.xs \
 		src/if_perlsfio.c \
 		src/if_python.c \
+		src/if_python3.c \
+		src/if_py_both.h \
 		src/if_ruby.c \
 		src/if_sniff.h \
 		src/if_tcl.c \
 		src/proto/if_cscope.pro \
+		src/proto/if_lua.pro \
 		src/proto/if_mzsch.pro \
 		src/proto/if_perl.pro \
 		src/proto/if_perlsfio.pro \
 		src/proto/if_python.pro \
+		src/proto/if_python3.pro \
 		src/proto/if_ruby.pro \
 		src/proto/if_tcl.pro \
 		src/typemap \
@@ -369,7 +379,7 @@ SRC_MAC =	\
 		src/os_mac.h \
 		src/os_mac.rsr.hqx \
 		src/os_mac_conv.c \
-		src/os_macosx.c \
+		src/os_macosx.m \
 		src/proto/gui_mac.pro \
 		src/proto/os_mac_conv.pro \
 
@@ -654,13 +664,12 @@ EXTRA =		\
 		farsi/fonts/*/far-* \
 		runtime/vimlogo.xpm \
 		src/swis.s \
-		src/tee/Makefile* \
+		src/tee/Makefile \
 		src/tee/tee.c \
 		csdpmi4b.zip \
 
 # generic language files
 LANG_GEN = \
-		README_lang.txt \
 		runtime/doc/*-fr.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-fr.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-it.1 \
@@ -678,14 +687,19 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.utf-8 \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.?? \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.* \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.bar \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.bar.* \
 		runtime/spell/README.txt \
 		runtime/spell/??/*.diff \
 		runtime/spell/??/main.aap \
+		runtime/spell/tet/*.diff \
+		runtime/spell/tet/main.aap \
+		runtime/spell/check/main.aap \
+		runtime/spell/check/*.aff \
+		runtime/spell/check/*.dic \
 		runtime/spell/yi/README.txt \
 		runtime/spell/main.aap \
-		runtime/spell/cleanadd.vim \
 		runtime/spell/*.vim \
-		runtime/spell/fixdup \
 
 # generic language files, binary
 LANG_GEN_BIN = \

Makefile

@@ -3,8 +3,10 @@
 # 2. Creating the various distribution files.
 
 
-# 1. Using this Makefile without an argument will compile Vim for Unix.
+#########################################################################
+# 1. Starting the compilation of Vim for Unix.
 #
+# Using this Makefile without an argument will compile Vim for Unix.
 # "make install" is also possible.
 #
 # NOTE: If this doesn't work properly, first change directory to "src" and use
@@ -21,6 +23,9 @@
 # has run can result in compiling with $(CC) empty.
 
 first:
+	@if test ! -f src/auto/config.mk; then \
+		cp src/config.mk.dist src/auto/config.mk; \
+	fi
 	@echo "Starting make in the src directory."
 	@echo "If there are problems, cd to the src directory and run make there"
 	cd src && $(MAKE) $@
@@ -28,25 +33,22 @@ first:
 # Some make programs use the last target for the $@ default; put the other
 # targets separately to always let $@ expand to "first" by default.
 all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags types test testclean clean distclean:
+	@if test ! -f src/auto/config.mk; then \
+		cp src/config.mk.dist src/auto/config.mk; \
+	fi
 	@echo "Starting make in the src directory."
 	@echo "If there are problems, cd to the src directory and run make there"
 	cd src && $(MAKE) $@
 
 
-# 2. Create the various distributions:
+#########################################################################
+# 2. Creating the various distribution files.
 #
 # TARGET	PRODUCES		CONTAINS
-# unixall	vim-#.#.tar.bz2		Runtime files and Sources for Unix
+# unixall	vim-#.#.tar.bz2		All runtime files and sources, for Unix
-#
-# extra		vim-#.#-extra.tar.gz	Extra source and runtime files
-# lang		vim-#.#-lang.tar.gz	multi-language files
 #
 # html		vim##html.zip		HTML docs
 #
-# amisrc	vim##src.tgz		sources for Amiga
-# amirt		vim##rt.tgz		runtime for Amiga
-# amibin	vim##bin.tgz		binary for Amiga
-#
 # dossrc	vim##src.zip		sources for MS-DOS
 # dosrt		vim##rt.zip		runtime for MS-DOS
 # dosbin	vim##d16.zip		binary for MS-DOS 16 bits
@@ -55,7 +57,11 @@ all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags typ
 #		gvim##.zip		binary for GUI Win32
 #		gvim##ole.zip		OLE exe for Win32 GUI
 #		gvim##_s.zip		exe for Win32s GUI
-# doslang	vim##lang.zip		language files for Win32
+#
+# OBSOLETE
+# amisrc	vim##src.tgz		sources for Amiga
+# amirt		vim##rt.tgz		runtime for Amiga
+# amibin	vim##bin.tgz		binary for Amiga
 #
 # os2bin	vim##os2.zip		binary for OS/2
 #					(use RT from dosrt)
@@ -64,29 +70,35 @@ all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags typ
 #
 #    All output files are created in the "dist" directory.  Existing files are
 #    overwritten!
-#    To do all this you need the unix, extra and lang archives, and
+#    To do all this you need the Unix archive and compiled binaries.
-#    compiled binaries.
 #    Before creating an archive first delete all backup files, *.orig, etc.
 
 MAJOR = 7
-MINOR = 2
+MINOR = 3
 
 # Uncomment this line if the Win32s version is to be included.
 DOSBIN_S =  dosbin_s
 
+# Uncomment this line if the 16 bit DOS version is to be included.
+# DOSBIN_D16 = dosbin_d16
+
 # CHECKLIST for creating a new version:
 #
 # - Update Vim version number.  For a test version in: src/version.h, Contents,
 #   MAJOR/MINOR above, VIMMAJOR and VIMMINOR in src/Makefile, README*.txt,
 #   runtime/doc/*.txt and nsis/gvim.nsi. Other things in README_os2.txt.  For a
-#   minor/major version: src/GvimExt/GvimExt.reg, src/vim.def, src/vim16.def.
+#   minor/major version: src/GvimExt/GvimExt.reg, src/vim.def, src/vim16.def,
+#   src/gvim.exe.mnf.
+# - Adjust the date and other info in src/version.h.
 # - Correct included_patches[] in src/version.c.
-# - Compile Vim with GTK, Perl, Python, TCL, Ruby, MZscheme (if you can make it
+# - Compile Vim with GTK, Perl, Python, Python3, TCL, Ruby, MZscheme, Lua (if
-#   work), Cscope and "huge" features.  Exclude workshop and SNiFF.
+#   you can make it all work), Cscope and "huge" features.  Exclude workshop
+#   and SNiFF.
 # - With these features: "make proto" (requires cproto and Motif installed;
 #   ignore warnings for missing include files, fix problems for syntax errors).
 # - With these features: "make depend" (works best with gcc).
-# - "make lint" and check the output (ignore GTK warnings).
+# - If you have a lint program: "make lint" and check the output (ignore GTK
+#   warnings).
 # - Enable the efence library in "src/Makefile" and run "make test".  Disable
 #   Python and Ruby to avoid trouble with threads (efence is not threadsafe).
 # - Check for missing entries in runtime/makemenu.vim (with checkmenu script).
@@ -102,10 +114,10 @@ DOSBIN_S =  dosbin_s
 #   the "check" script).
 # - Check compiling on Amiga, MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
 # - Delete all *~, *.sw?, *.orig, *.rej files
-# - "make unixall", "make extra", "make lang", "make html"
+# - "make unixall", "make html"
 # - Make diff files against the previous release: "makediff7 7.1 7.2"
 #
-# Amiga:
+# Amiga: (OBSOLETE, Amiga files are no longer distributed)
 # - "make amisrc", move the archive to the Amiga and compile:
 #   "make -f Make_manx.mak" (will use "big" features by default).
 # - Run the tests: "make -f Make_manx.mak test"
@@ -114,8 +126,9 @@ DOSBIN_S =  dosbin_s
 # - "make amirt", "make amibin".
 #
 # PC:
+# - Run make on Unix to update the ".mo" files.
 # - "make dossrc" and "make dosrt".  Unpack the archives on a PC.
-# 16 bit DOS version:
+# 16 bit DOS version: (OBSOLETE, 16 bit version doesn't build)
 # - Set environment for compiling with Borland C++ 3.1.
 # - "bmake -f Make_bc3.mak BOR=E:\borlandc" (compiling xxd might fail, in that
 #   case set environment for compiling with Borland C++ 4.0 and do
@@ -131,9 +144,11 @@ DOSBIN_S =  dosbin_s
 # - Rename the executables to "vimd32.exe", "xxdd32.exe", "installd32.exe" and
 #   "uninstald32.exe".
 # Win32 console version:
-# - Set environment for Visual C++ 2008 Express Edition: "msvc2008.bat".  Or,
+# - Set environment for Visual C++ 2008, e.g.:
-#   when using the Visual C++ Toolkit 2003: "msvcsetup.bat" (adjust the paths
+#   "E:\Microsoft Visual Studio 9.0\VC\bin\vcvars32.bat".  Or, when using the
-#   when necessary).  For Windows 98 the 2003 version is required.
+#   Visual C++ Toolkit 2003: "msvcsetup.bat" (adjust the paths when necessary).
+#   For Windows 98/ME the 2003 version is required, but then it won't work on
+#   Windows 7 and 64 bit.
 # - "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak"
 # - "rm testdir/*.out", "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak test" and check the output.
 # - Rename the executables to "vimw32.exe", "xxdw32.exe".
@@ -154,8 +169,8 @@ DOSBIN_S =  dosbin_s
 # - Delete install.exe and uninstal.exe.
 # - If building the Win32s version delete vimrun.exe.
 # Win32s GUI version:
-# - Set environment for Visual C++ 4.1 (requires a new console window)
+# - Set environment for Visual C++ 4.1 (requires a new console window):
-# - "vcvars32" (use the path for VC 4.1 e:\msdev\bin)
+#   "vcvars32.bat" (use the path for VC 4.1 e:\msdev\bin)
 # - "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes INTL=no clean" (use the path for VC 4.1)
 # - "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes INTL=no" (use the path for VC 4.1)
 # - Rename "gvim.exe" to "gvim_w32s.exe".
@@ -166,21 +181,23 @@ DOSBIN_S =  dosbin_s
 # - Copy all the "*.exe" files to where this Makefile is.
 # - Copy all the "*.pdb" files to where this Makefile is.
 # - "make dosbin".
-# - Run make on Unix to update the ".mo" files.
-# - "make doslang".
 # NSIS self installing exe:
-# - Unpack the doslang archive on the PC.
+# - To get NSIS see http://nsis.sourceforge.net
 # - Make sure gvim_ole.exe, vimd32.exe, vimw32.exe, installw32.exe,
 #   uninstalw32.exe and xxdw32.exe have been build as mentioned above.
-# - put gvimext.dll in src/GvimExt and VisVim.dll in src/VisVim (get them
+# - copy these files (get them from a binary archive or build them):
-#   from a binary archive or build them)
+#	gvimext.dll in src/GvimExt
+#	gvimext64.dll in src/GvimExt
+#	VisVim.dll in src/VisVim
 #   Note: VisVim needs to be build with MSVC 5, newer versions don't work.
+#   gvimext64.dll can be obtained from http://code.google.com/p/vim-win3264/
+#	It is part of vim72.zip as vim72/gvimext.dll.
 # - make sure there is a diff.exe two levels up
-# - go to ../nsis and do "makensis gvim.nsi".
+# - go to ../nsis and do "makensis gvim.nsi" (takes a few minutes).
 # - Copy gvim##.exe to the dist directory.
 #
-# OS/2:
+# OS/2: (OBSOLETE, OS/2 version is no longer distributed)
-# - Unpack the Unix "src", "extra" and "rt" archives.
+# - Unpack the Unix archive.
 # - "make -f Make_os2.mak".
 # - Rename the executables to vimos2.exe, xxdos2.exe and teeos2.exe and copy
 #   them to here.
@@ -215,8 +232,6 @@ dist/comment:
 	mkdir dist/comment
 
 COMMENT_RT = comment/$(VERSION)-rt
-COMMENT_RT1 = comment/$(VERSION)-rt1
-COMMENT_RT2 = comment/$(VERSION)-rt2
 COMMENT_D16 = comment/$(VERSION)-bin-d16
 COMMENT_D32 = comment/$(VERSION)-bin-d32
 COMMENT_W32 = comment/$(VERSION)-bin-w32
@@ -227,17 +242,10 @@ COMMENT_SRC = comment/$(VERSION)-src
 COMMENT_OS2 = comment/$(VERSION)-bin-os2
 COMMENT_HTML = comment/$(VERSION)-html
 COMMENT_FARSI = comment/$(VERSION)-farsi
-COMMENT_LANG = comment/$(VERSION)-lang
 
 dist/$(COMMENT_RT): dist/comment
 	echo "Vim - Vi IMproved - v$(VDOT) runtime files for MS-DOS and MS-Windows" > dist/$(COMMENT_RT)
 
-dist/$(COMMENT_RT1): dist/comment
-	echo "Vim - Vi IMproved - v$(VDOT) runtime files (PART 1) for MS-DOS and MS-Windows" > dist/$(COMMENT_RT1)
-
-dist/$(COMMENT_RT2): dist/comment
-	echo "Vim - Vi IMproved - v$(VDOT) runtime files (PART 2) for MS-DOS and MS-Windows" > dist/$(COMMENT_RT2)
-
 dist/$(COMMENT_D16): dist/comment
 	echo "Vim - Vi IMproved - v$(VDOT) binaries for MS-DOS 16 bit real mode" > dist/$(COMMENT_D16)
 
@@ -268,9 +276,6 @@ dist/$(COMMENT_HTML): dist/comment
 dist/$(COMMENT_FARSI): dist/comment
 	echo "Vim - Vi IMproved - v$(VDOT) Farsi language files" > dist/$(COMMENT_FARSI)
 
-dist/$(COMMENT_LANG): dist/comment
-	echo "Vim - Vi IMproved - v$(VDOT) MS-Windows language files" > dist/$(COMMENT_LANG)
-
 unixall: dist prepare
 	-rm -f dist/$(VIMVER).tar.bz2
 	-rm -rf dist/$(VIMRTDIR)
@@ -286,6 +291,8 @@ unixall: dist prepare
 		$(SRC_ALL) \
 		$(SRC_UNIX) \
 		$(SRC_DOS_UNIX) \
+		$(EXTRA) \
+		$(LANG_SRC) \
 		| (cd dist/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
 # Need to use a "distclean" config.mk file
 	cp -f src/config.mk.dist dist/$(VIMRTDIR)/src/auto/config.mk
@@ -293,26 +300,6 @@ unixall: dist prepare
 	touch dist/$(VIMRTDIR)/src/auto/config.h
 # Make sure configure is newer than config.mk to force it to be generated
 	touch dist/$(VIMRTDIR)/src/configure
-	cd dist && tar cf $(VIMVER).tar $(VIMRTDIR)
-	bzip2 dist/$(VIMVER).tar
-
-extra: dist prepare
-	-rm -f dist/$(VIMVER)-extra.tar.gz
-	-rm -rf dist/$(VIMRTDIR)
-	mkdir dist/$(VIMRTDIR)
-	tar cf - \
-		$(EXTRA) \
-		| (cd dist/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	cd dist && tar cf $(VIMVER)-extra.tar $(VIMRTDIR)
-	gzip -9 dist/$(VIMVER)-extra.tar
-
-lang: dist prepare
-	-rm -f dist/$(VIMVER)-lang.tar.gz
-	-rm -rf dist/$(VIMRTDIR)
-	mkdir dist/$(VIMRTDIR)
-	tar cf - \
-		$(LANG_SRC) \
-		| (cd dist/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
 # Make sure ja.sjis.po is newer than ja.po to avoid it being regenerated.
 # Same for cs.cp1250.po, pl.cp1250.po and sk.cp1250.po.
 	touch dist/$(VIMRTDIR)/src/po/ja.sjis.po
@@ -322,9 +309,11 @@ lang: dist prepare
 	touch dist/$(VIMRTDIR)/src/po/zh_CN.cp936.po
 	touch dist/$(VIMRTDIR)/src/po/ru.cp1251.po
 	touch dist/$(VIMRTDIR)/src/po/uk.cp1251.po
-	cd dist && tar cf $(VIMVER)-lang.tar $(VIMRTDIR)
+# Create the archive.
-	gzip -9 dist/$(VIMVER)-lang.tar
+	cd dist && tar cf $(VIMVER).tar $(VIMRTDIR)
+	bzip2 dist/$(VIMVER).tar
 
+# Amiga runtime - OBSOLETE
 amirt: dist prepare
 	-rm -f dist/vim$(VERSION)rt.tar.gz
 	-rm -rf dist/Vim
@@ -347,6 +336,7 @@ amirt: dist prepare
 	gzip -9 dist/vim$(VERSION)rt.tar
 	mv dist/vim$(VERSION)rt.tar.gz dist/vim$(VERSION)rt.tgz
 
+# Amiga binaries - OBSOLETE
 amibin: dist prepare
 	-rm -f dist/vim$(VERSION)bin.tar.gz
 	-rm -rf dist/Vim
@@ -364,6 +354,7 @@ amibin: dist prepare
 	gzip -9 dist/vim$(VERSION)bin.tar
 	mv dist/vim$(VERSION)bin.tar.gz dist/vim$(VERSION)bin.tgz
 
+# Amiga sources - OBSOLETE
 amisrc: dist prepare
 	-rm -f dist/vim$(VERSION)src.tar.gz
 	-rm -rf dist/Vim
@@ -384,15 +375,41 @@ amisrc: dist prepare
 no_title.vim: Makefile
 	echo "set notitle noicon nocp nomodeline viminfo=" >no_title.vim
 
+# MS-DOS sources
+dossrc: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_SRC) runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt
+	-rm -rf dist/vim$(VERSION)src.zip
+	-rm -rf dist/vim
+	mkdir dist/vim
+	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
+	tar cf - \
+		$(SRC_ALL) \
+		$(SRC_DOS) \
+		$(SRC_AMI_DOS) \
+		$(SRC_DOS_UNIX) \
+		runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt \
+		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
+	mv dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime/* dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
+	rmdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	tar cf - \
+		$(SRC_DOS_BIN) \
+		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
+	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z vim$(VERSION)src.zip vim <$(COMMENT_SRC)
+
+runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt: runtime/doc/uganda.txt
+	cd runtime/doc && $(MAKE) uganda.nsis.txt
+
 dosrt: dist dist/$(COMMENT_RT) dosrt_unix2dos
 	-rm -rf dist/vim$(VERSION)rt.zip
 	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z vim$(VERSION)rt.zip vim <$(COMMENT_RT)
 
-# Split in two parts to avoid a "argument list too long" error.
+# Split in two parts to avoid an "argument list too long" error.
 dosrt_unix2dos: dist prepare no_title.vim
 	-rm -rf dist/vim
 	mkdir dist/vim
 	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
+	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/lang
+	cd src && MAKEMO=yes $(MAKE) languages
 	tar cf - \
 		$(RT_ALL) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
@@ -403,7 +420,7 @@ dosrt_unix2dos: dist prepare no_title.vim
 		$(RT_AMI_DOS) \
 		$(LANG_GEN) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	tar cf - \
 		$(RT_UNIX_DOS_BIN) \
 		$(RT_ALL_BIN) \
@@ -412,6 +429,18 @@ dosrt_unix2dos: dist prepare no_title.vim
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
 	mv dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime/* dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
 	rmdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime
+# Add the message translations.  Trick: skip ja.mo and use ja.sjis.mo instead.
+# Same for cs.mo / cs.cp1250.mo, pl.mo / pl.cp1250.mo, sk.mo / sk.cp1250.mo,
+# zh_CN.mo / zh_CN.cp936.mo, uk.mo / uk.cp1251.mo and ru.mo / ru.cp1251.mo.
+	for i in $(LANG_DOS); do \
+	      if test "$$i" != "src/po/ja.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/pl.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/cs.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/sk.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/zh_CN.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/ru.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/uk.mo"; then \
+		n=`echo $$i | sed -e "s+src/po/\([-a-zA-Z0-9_]*\(.UTF-8\)*\)\(.sjis\)*\(.cp1250\)*\(.cp1251\)*\(.cp936\)*.mo+\1+"`; \
+		mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/lang/$$n; \
+		mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/lang/$$n/LC_MESSAGES; \
+		cp $$i dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/lang/$$n/LC_MESSAGES/vim.mo; \
+	      fi \
+	    done
+	cp libintl.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/
 
 
 # Convert runtime files from Unix fileformat to dos fileformat.
@@ -421,7 +450,7 @@ runtime_unix2dos: dosrt_unix2dos
 	cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar cf - * \
 		| (cd ../../../runtime/dos; tar xf -)
 
-dosbin: prepare dosbin_gvim dosbin_w32 dosbin_d32 dosbin_d16 dosbin_ole $(DOSBIN_S)
+dosbin: prepare dosbin_gvim dosbin_w32 dosbin_d32 dosbin_ole $(DOSBIN_S) $(DOSBIN_D16)
 
 # make Win32 gvim
 dosbin_gvim: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_GVIM)
@@ -432,7 +461,7 @@ dosbin_gvim: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_GVIM)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp gvim.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvim.exe
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
@@ -451,7 +480,7 @@ dosbin_w32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp vimw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vim.exe
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
@@ -468,7 +497,7 @@ dosbin_d32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_D32)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp vimd32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vim.exe
 	cp xxdd32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp installd32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
@@ -485,7 +514,7 @@ dosbin_d16: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_D16)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp vimd16.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vim.exe
 	cp xxdd16.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp installd16.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
@@ -501,7 +530,7 @@ dosbin_ole: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OLE)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp gvim_ole.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvim.exe
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
@@ -523,7 +552,7 @@ dosbin_s: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32S)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp gvim_w32s.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvim.exe
 	cp xxdd32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp README_w32s.txt dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
@@ -531,53 +560,6 @@ dosbin_s: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32S)
 	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
 	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z gvim$(VERSION)_s.zip vim <$(COMMENT_W32S)
 
-# make Win32 lang archive
-doslang: dist prepare no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_LANG)
-	-rm -rf dist/vim$(VERSION)lang.zip
-	-rm -rf dist/vim
-	mkdir dist/vim
-	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
-	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/lang
-	cd src && MAKEMO=yes $(MAKE) languages
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
-# Add the message translations.  Trick: skip ja.mo and use ja.sjis.mo instead.
-# Same for cs.mo / cs.cp1250.mo, pl.mo / pl.cp1250.mo, sk.mo / sk.cp1250.mo,
-# zh_CN.mo / zh_CN.cp936.mo, uk.mo / uk.cp1251.mo and ru.mo / ru.cp1251.mo.
-	for i in $(LANG_DOS); do \
-	      if test "$$i" != "src/po/ja.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/pl.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/cs.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/sk.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/zh_CN.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/ru.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/uk.mo"; then \
-		n=`echo $$i | sed -e "s+src/po/\([-a-zA-Z0-9_]*\(.UTF-8\)*\)\(.sjis\)*\(.cp1250\)*\(.cp1251\)*\(.cp936\)*.mo+\1+"`; \
-		mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/lang/$$n; \
-		mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/lang/$$n/LC_MESSAGES; \
-		cp $$i dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/lang/$$n/LC_MESSAGES/vim.mo; \
-	      fi \
-	    done
-	cp libintl.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/
-	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z vim$(VERSION)lang.zip vim <$(COMMENT_LANG)
-
-# MS-DOS sources
-dossrc: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_SRC) runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt
-	-rm -rf dist/vim$(VERSION)src.zip
-	-rm -rf dist/vim
-	mkdir dist/vim
-	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
-	tar cf - \
-		$(SRC_ALL) \
-		$(SRC_DOS) \
-		$(SRC_AMI_DOS) \
-		$(SRC_DOS_UNIX) \
-		runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt \
-		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	mv dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime/* dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
-	rmdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
-	tar cf - \
-		$(SRC_DOS_BIN) \
-		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z vim$(VERSION)src.zip vim <$(COMMENT_SRC)
-
-runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt: runtime/doc/uganda.txt
-	cd runtime/doc && $(MAKE) uganda.nsis.txt
-
 os2bin: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OS2)
 	-rm -rf dist/vim$(VERSION)os2.zip
 	-rm -rf dist/vim
@@ -586,7 +568,7 @@ os2bin: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OS2)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_OS2) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp vimos2.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vim.exe
 	cp xxdos2.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp teeos2.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/tee.exe

README.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README.txt for version 7.3 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 
 WHAT IS VIM
@@ -9,13 +9,13 @@ on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations, etc.
 There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI) available.  See
 "runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt" for differences with Vi.
 
-This editor is very useful for editing programs and other plain ASCII files.
+This editor is very useful for editing programs and other plain text files.
 All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
 with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
 defined by the user, and the mouse can be used.
 
-Vim currently runs under Amiga DOS, MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000/XP,
+Vim runs under Amiga DOS, MS-DOS, MS-Windows (95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP, Vista,
-Atari MiNT, Macintosh, BeOS, VMS, RISC OS, OS/2 and almost all flavours of
+7), Atari MiNT, Macintosh, BeOS, VMS, RISC OS, OS/2 and almost all flavours of
 UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very difficult.
 
 
@@ -32,19 +32,19 @@ an overview of currently available distributions.
 
 DOCUMENTATION
 
+The vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners.  Mostly it can be
+started as "vimtutor".  See ":help tutor" for more information.
+
 The best is to use ":help" in Vim.  If you don't have an executable yet, read
 "runtime/doc/help.txt".  It contains pointers to the other documentation
 files.  The User Manual reads like a book and is recommended to learn to use
 Vim.  See ":help user-manual".
 
-The vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners.  Mostly it can be
-started as "vimtutor".  See ":help tutor" for more information.
-
 
 COPYING
 
 Vim is Charityware.  You can use and copy it as much as you like, but you are
-encouraged to make a donation to orphans in Uganda.  Please read the file
+encouraged to make a donation to help orphans in Uganda.  Please read the file
 "runtime/doc/uganda.txt" for details (do ":help uganda" inside Vim).
 
 Summary of the license: There are no restrictions on using or distributing an
@@ -86,6 +86,8 @@ README_os2.txt		OS/2
 README_mac.txt		Macintosh
 README_vms.txt		VMS
 
+There are more README_*.txt files, depending on the distribution you used.
+
 
 INFORMATION
 
@@ -98,39 +100,12 @@ If you have problems, have a look at the Vim FAQ:
 Send bug reports to:
 	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
-There are five mailing lists for Vim:
+There are several mailing lists for Vim, see http://www.vim.org/maillist.php.
-<vim@vim.org>
-	For discussions about using existing versions of Vim: Useful mappings,
-	questions, answers, where to get a specific version, etc.
-<vim-dev@vim.org>
-	For discussions about changing Vim: New features, porting, beta-test
-	versions, etc.
-<vim-announce@vim.org>
-	Announcements about new versions of Vim; also beta-test versions and
-	ports to different systems.
-<vim-multibyte@vim.org>
-	For discussions about using and improving the multi-byte aspects of
-	Vim: XIM, Hangul, fontset, etc.
-<vim-mac@vim.org>
-	For discussions about using and improving Vim on the Macintosh.
-
-For more info and URLs of the archives see "http://www.vim.org/maillist.php".
-
-NOTE:
-- You can only send messages to these lists if you have subscribed!
-- You need to send the messages from the same location as where you subscribed
-  from (to avoid spam mail).
-- Maximum message size is 40000 characters.
-
-If you want to join a maillist, send a message to
-	<vim-help@vim.org>
-Make sure that your "From:" address is correct.  Then the list server will
-send you a help message.
 
 
 MAIN AUTHOR
 
-Send any other comments, patches, pizza and suggestions to:
+Send any other comments, patches, flowers and suggestions to:
 
 	Bram Moolenaar		E-mail:	Bram@vim.org
 	Finsterruetihof 1

README_ami.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_ami.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_ami.txt for version 7.3 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on Amiga systems.
 See README.txt for general information about Vim.

README_amibin.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_amibin.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_amibin.txt for version 7.3 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 See "README_ami.txt" for installation instructions for the Amiga.

README_amisrc.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_amisrc.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_amisrc.txt for version 7.3 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 See "README_ami.txt" for installation instructions for the Amiga.

README_bindos.txt

@@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
-README_bindos.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_bindos.txt for version 7.3 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
-These files are in the runtime archive (vim72rt.zip).
+These files are in the runtime archive (vim73rt.zip).
 
 
 There are several binary distributions of Vim for the PC.  You would normally
 pick only one of them, but it's also possible to install several.
 These ones are available (the version number may differ):
-	vim72d16.zip	16 bit DOS version
+	vim73d16.zip	16 bit DOS version
-	vim72d32.zip	32 bit DOS version
+	vim73d32.zip	32 bit DOS version
-	vim72w32.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. console version
+	vim73w32.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. console version
-	gvim72.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. GUI version
+	gvim73.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. GUI version
-	gvim72ole.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. GUI version with OLE
+	gvim73ole.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. GUI version with OLE
-	gvim72_s.zip	Windows 3.1 GUI version
+	gvim73_s.zip	Windows 3.1 GUI version
 
-You MUST also get the runtime archive (vim72rt.zip).
+You MUST also get the runtime archive (vim73rt.zip).
-The sources are also available (vim72src.zip).
+The sources are also available (vim73src.zip).

README_dos.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_dos.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_dos.txt for version 7.3 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
@@ -47,13 +47,13 @@ These are the normal steps to install Vim from the .zip archives:
    Binary and runtime Vim archives are normally unpacked in the same location,
    on top of each other.
 
-2. Unpack the zip archives.  This will create a new directory "vim\vim72",
+2. Unpack the zip archives.  This will create a new directory "vim\vim73",
    in which all the distributed Vim files are placed.  Since the directory
    name includes the version number, it is unlikely that you overwrite
    existing files.
    Examples:
-	pkunzip -d gvim72.zip
+	pkunzip -d gvim73.zip
-	unzip vim72w32.zip
+	unzip vim73w32.zip
 
    You need to unpack the runtime archive and at least one of the binary
    archives.  When using more than one binary version, be careful not to
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ These are the normal steps to install Vim from the .zip archives:
    archive and follow the instructions in the documentation.
 
 3. Change to the new directory:
-	cd vim\vim72
+	cd vim\vim73
    Run the "install.exe" program.  It will ask you a number of questions about
    how you would like to have your Vim setup.  Among these are:
    - You can tell it to write a "_vimrc" file with your preferences in the
@@ -80,8 +80,8 @@ These are the normal steps to install Vim from the .zip archives:
      console or in a shell.  You can select one of the directories in your
      $PATH.  If you skip this, you can add Vim to the search path manually:
      The simplest is to add a line to your autoexec.bat.  Examples:
-	set path=%path%;C:\vim\vim72
+	set path=%path%;C:\vim\vim73
-	set path=%path%;D:\editors\vim\vim72
+	set path=%path%;D:\editors\vim\vim73
    - Create entries for Vim on the desktop and in the Start menu.
 
 That's it!
@@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ Remarks:
   won't show a menubar.  Then you need to set the $VIM environment variable to
   point to the top directory of your Vim files.  Example:
     set VIM=C:\editors\vim
-  Vim version 6.0 will look for your vimrc file in $VIM, and for the runtime
+  Vim version 7.3 will look for your vimrc file in $VIM, and for the runtime
-  files in $VIM/vim72.  See ":help $VIM" for more information.
+  files in $VIM/vim73.  See ":help $VIM" for more information.
 
 - To avoid confusion between distributed files of different versions and your
   own modified vim scripts, it is recommended to use this directory layout:
@@ -105,14 +105,14 @@ Remarks:
 	C:\vim\vimfiles\ftplugin\*.vim	Filetype plugins
 	C:\vim\...			Other files you made.
   Distributed files:
-	C:\vim\vim72\vim.exe		The Vim version 6.0 executable.
+	C:\vim\vim73\vim.exe		The Vim version 7.3 executable.
-	C:\vim\vim72\doc\*.txt		The version 6.0 documentation files.
+	C:\vim\vim73\doc\*.txt		The version 7.3 documentation files.
-	C:\vim\vim72\bugreport.vim	A Vim version 6.0 script.
+	C:\vim\vim73\bugreport.vim	A Vim version 7.3 script.
-	C:\vim\vim72\...		Other version 6.0 distributed files.
+	C:\vim\vim73\...		Other version 7.3 distributed files.
   In this case the $VIM environment variable would be set like this:
 	set VIM=C:\vim
-  Then $VIMRUNTIME will automatically be set to "$VIM\vim72".  Don't add
+  Then $VIMRUNTIME will automatically be set to "$VIM\vim73".  Don't add
-  "vim72" to $VIM, that won't work.
+  "vim73" to $VIM, that won't work.
 
 - You can put your Vim executable anywhere else.  If the executable is not
   with the other Vim files, you should set $VIM. The simplest is to add a line
@@ -136,8 +136,8 @@ Remarks:
      Select Properties.
   5. In the Program tab, change the "Cmdline" to add "/c" and the name of the
      Vim executable.  Examples:
-	C:\command.com /c C:\vim\vim72\vim.exe
+	C:\command.com /c C:\vim\vim73\vim.exe
-	C:\command.com /c D:\editors\vim\vim72\vim.exe
+	C:\command.com /c D:\editors\vim\vim73\vim.exe
   6. Select the font, window size, etc. that you like.  If this isn't
      possible, select "Advanced" in the Program tab, and deselect "MS-DOS
      mode".

README_extra.txt

@@ -1,61 +1,54 @@
-README_extra.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_extra.txt for version 7.3 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
-The extra archive of Vim is to be used in combination with the source archive
+These extra files of Vim are for special purposes.  This README explains what
-(vim-7.0-src.tar.gz).  The extra archive is useless without it.
+the files are for.  For general information about Vim, see the "README.txt"
-
+file.
-For more information, see the "README.txt" file that comes with the runtime
-archive (vim-7.0-rt.tar.gz).  To be able to run Vim you MUST get the runtime
-archive too!
-
-The extra archive plus the source and runtime achives make up the complete
-sources of Vim for all systems.
 
 
-Some of the things that the extra archive contains:
+farsi/*			Files for the Farsi (persian) language.  If you don't
+			know what Farsi is, this is not for you.
 
-Farsi		Files for the Farsi (persian) language.  If you don't know
+src/if_sniff.*		Interface to SNiFF.  If you don't know what SNiFF is,
-		what Farsi is, this is not for you.
+			this is not for you.
 
-if_sniff	Interface to SNiFF.  If you don't know what SNiFF is, this is
+src/os_amiga.*		Files for the Amiga port.
-		not for you.
 
-os_amiga	Files for the Amiga port.
+src/gui_riscos.*
+src/os_riscos.*		Files for the RISC OS port.
 
-gui_riscos
+src/gui_beos.*
-os_riscos	Files for the RISC OS port.
+src/os_beos.*		Files for the BeOS port.
 
-gui_beos
+src/os_msdos.*
-os_beos		Files for the BeOS port.
+src/os_dos.*		Files for the MS-DOS port.
 
-os_msdos
+src/gui_mac.*
-os_dos		Files for the MS-DOS port.
+src/os_mac.*		Files for the Mac port.
 
-gui_mac
+src/os_mint.8		Files for the Atari Mint port.
-os_mac		Files for the Mac port.
 
-os_mint		Files for the Atari Mint port.
+src/os_os2*		Files for the OS/2 port.
+src/tee/*		Extra program for OS/2.
 
-os_os2		Files for the OS/2 port.
+src/os_vms*		Files for the VMS port.
-tee		Extra program for OS/2.
 
-os_vms		Files for the VMS port.
+src/os_w32*
+src/os_win32.*		Files for the Win32 port.
 
-os_w32
+src/gui_w32.*		Files for the Win32 GUI.
-os_win32	Files for the Win32 port.
+src/gui_w48.*		Files for the Win32 and Win16 GUI.
+src/Make_mvc.mak	MS Visual C++ makefile for the Win32 GUI.
+runtime/rgb.txt		File with color definitions for the Win32 GUI.
 
-gui_w32		Files for the Win32 GUI.
+src/if_ole.*		OLE automation interface, for MS Windows 95 and NT.
-gui_w48		Files for the Win32 and Win16 GUI.
-Make_mvc.mak	MS Visual C++ makefile for the Win32 GUI.
-rgb.txt		File with color definitions for the Win32 GUI.
 
-if_ole		OLE automation interface, for MS Windows 95 and NT.
+src/VisVim/*		Integration of Win32 GUI with MS Visual Developer
+			Studio.
 
-VisVim		Integration of Win32 GUI with MS Visual Developer Studio.
+src/GvimExt/*		DLL for the "Edit with Vim" context menu entry
 
-GvimExt		DLL for the "Edit with Vim" context menu entry
+nsis/*			NSIS script to build the self-installing MS-Windows exe
 
-nsis		NSIS script to build the self-installing MS-Windows exe
+runtime/doc/*.man	Preprocessed manual pages.
 
-*.man		Preprocessed manual pages.
+runtime/macros/file_select.vim	Vim script to browse directories (Unix only).
-
-file_select.vim	Vim script to browse directories (Unix only).

README_lang.txt

@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-README_lang.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
-
-This file contains files for non-English languages:
-- Translated messages.
-- Translated menus.

README_mac.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_mac.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_mac.txt for version 7.3 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on Macintosh systems.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.

README_ole.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_ole.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_ole.txt for version 7.3 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This archive contains gvim.exe with OLE interface and VisVim.
 This version of gvim.exe can also load a number of interface dynamically (you
@@ -16,5 +16,5 @@ Win32 with OLE - "MS-Windows 32 bit GUI version with OLE support"
 For further information, type this inside Vim:
 	:help if_ole
 
-Futhermore, this archive contains VISVIM.DLL.  It can be used to integrate
+Furthermore, this archive contains VISVIM.DLL.  It can be used to integrate
 the OLE gvim with Microsoft Visual Developer Studio.  See VisVim/README.txt.

README_os2.txt

@@ -1,32 +1,32 @@
-README_os2.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_os2.txt for version 7.3 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on OS/2 systems.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 
 
 NOTE: You will need two archives:
-  vim72rt.zip	contains the runtime files (same as for the PC version)
+  vim73rt.zip	contains the runtime files (same as for the PC version)
-  vim72os2.zip	contains the OS/2 executables
+  vim73os2.zip	contains the OS/2 executables
 
 1. Go to the directory where you want to put the Vim files.  Examples:
 	cd C:\
 	cd D:\editors
 
-2. Unpack the zip archives.  This will create a new directory "vim/vim72",
+2. Unpack the zip archives.  This will create a new directory "vim/vim73",
    in which all the distributed Vim files are placed.  Since the directory
    name includes the version number, it is unlikely that you overwrite
    existing files.
    Examples:
-	pkunzip -d vim72os2.zip
+	pkunzip -d vim73os2.zip
-	unzip vim72os2.zip
+	unzip vim73os2.zip
 
    After you unpacked the files, you can still move the whole directory tree
    to another location.
 
 3. Add the directory where vim.exe is to your path.  The simplest is to add a
    line to your autoexec.bat.  Examples:
-	set path=%path%;C:\vim\vim72
+	set path=%path%;C:\vim\vim73
-	set path=%path%;D:\editors\vim\vim72
+	set path=%path%;D:\editors\vim\vim73
 
 That's it!
 
@@ -41,10 +41,10 @@ Extra remarks:
 	C:\vim\_viminfo			Dynamic info for 'viminfo'.
 	C:\vim\...			Other files you made.
   Distributed files:
-	C:\vim\vim72\vim.exe		The Vim version 7.1 executable.
+	C:\vim\vim73\vim.exe		The Vim version 7.3 executable.
-	C:\vim\vim72\doc\*.txt		The version 7.1 documentation files.
+	C:\vim\vim73\doc\*.txt		The version 7.3 documentation files.
-	C:\vim\vim72\bugreport.vim	A Vim version 7.1 script.
+	C:\vim\vim73\bugreport.vim	A Vim version 7.3 script.
-	C:\vim\vim72\...		Other version 7.1 distributed files.
+	C:\vim\vim73\...		Other version 7.3 distributed files.
   In this case the $VIM environment variable would be set like this:
 	set VIM=C:\vim
 

README_os390.txt

@@ -1,51 +1,84 @@
-README_os_390.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_zOS.txt for version 7.3 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
-Welcome to the OS/390 Unix port of VIM.
+This readme explains how to build Vim on z/OS.  Formerly called OS/390.
+See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 
-ATTENTION: THIS IS AN _ALPHA_ VERSION!!!
+Most likely there are not many users out there using Vim on z/OS. So chances
-I expect you to know how to handle alpha software!
+are good, that some bugs are still undiscovered.
 
-This port was done by Ralf Schandl <schandl@de.ibm.com>.
+Getting the source to z/OS:
-This port is not maintained or supported by IBM!!
+==========================
 
+First get the source code in one big tar file and ftp it a binary to z/OS. If
+the tar file is initially compressed with gzip (tar.gz) or bzip2 (tar.bz2)
+uncompress it on your PC, as this tools are (most likely) not available on the
+mainframe.
 
-For the list of changes see runtime/doc/os_390.txt.
+To reduce the size of the tar file you might compress it into a zip file. On
+z/OS Unix you might have the command "jar" from java to uncompress a zip. Use:
+        jar xvf <zip file name>
+
+Unpack the tar file on z/OS with 
+        pax -o from=ISO8859-1,to=IBM-1047 -rf vim.tar
+
+Note: The Vim source contains a few bitmaps etc which will be destroyed by
+this command, but these files are not needed on zOS (at least not for the
+console version).
 
 
 Compiling:
-----------
+==========
 
-Note: After the file configure was created via autoconf, it had been
+Vim can be compiled with or without GUI support. For 7.3 only the compilation
-      handedited, to make the test for ICEConnectionNumber work.
+without GUI was tested. Below is a section about compiling with X11 but this
-      DO NOT run autoconf again!
+is from an earlier version of Vim.
 
-Without X11:
+Console only:
+-------------
 
 If you build VIM without X11 support, compiling and building is nearly
-straightforward. The only restriction is, that you can't call make from the
+straightforward. 
-VIM toplevel directory. Change to the src directory first and call make from
+
-there. Here is a what to do:
+Change to the vim directory and do:
 
     # Don't use c89!
-    # Make additional symbols visible.
     # Allow intermixing of compiler options and files.
 
     $ export CC=cc
-    $ export CFLAGS=-D_ALL_SOURCE
     $ export _CC_CCMODE=1
-    $./configure --enable-max-features --without-x --enable-gui=no
+    $./configure --with-features=big --without-x --enable-gui=no
     $ cd src
     $ make
+
+      There may be warnings:
+        - include files not found (libc, sys/param.h, ...)
+        - Redeclaration of ... differs from ...
+        -- just ignore them.
+
     $ make test
 
-      Note: Test 28 will be reported as failed. This is because diff can't
+      This will produce lots of garbage on your screen (including error
-	    compare files containing '\0' characters. Test 11 will fail if you
+      messages). Don't worry.
-	    don't have gzip.
+
+      If the test stops at one point in vim (might happen in test 11), just
+      press :q!
+
+      Expected test failures:
+        11: If you don't have gzip installed
+        24: test of backslash sequences in regexp are ASCII dependent
+        42: Multibyte is not supported on z/OS
+        55: ASCII<->EBCDIC sorting
+        57: ASCII<->EBCDIC sorting
+        58: Spell checking is not supported with EBCDIC
+        71: Blowfish encryption doesn't work
 
     $ make install
 
 
 With X11:
+---------
+
+WARNING: This instruction was not tested with Vim 7.3.
 
 There are two ways for building VIM with X11 support. The first way is simple
 and results in a big executable (~13 Mb), the second needs a few additional
@@ -54,8 +87,6 @@ you want Motif.
 
   The easy way:
     $ export CC=cc
-    $ export CFLAGS="-D_ALL_SOURCE -W c,dll"
-    $ export LDFLAGS="-W l,dll"
     $ export _CC_CCMODE=1
     $ ./configure --enable-max-features --enable-gui=motif
     $ cd src
@@ -65,7 +96,7 @@ you want Motif.
 
   The smarter way:
     Make VIM as described above. Then create a file named 'link.sed' with the
-    following contense:
+    following content (see src/link.390):
 
 	s/-lXext  *//g
 	s/-lXmu  *//g
@@ -84,47 +115,3 @@ you want Motif.
     See the Makefile and the file link.sh on how link.sed is used.
 
 
-Hint:
------
-Use the online help! (See weaknesses below.)
-
-Example:
-Enter ':help syntax' and then press <TAB> several times, you will switch
-through all help items containing 'syntax'. Press <ENTER> on the one you are
-interested at. Or press <Ctrl-D> and you will get a list of all items printed
-that contain 'syntax'.
-
-The helpfiles contains cross-references. Links are between '|'. Position the
-cursor on them and press <Ctrl-]> to follow this link. Use <Ctrl-T> to jump
-back.
-
-Known weaknesses:
------------------
-
-- You can't call make from the toplevel directory, you have to do a 'cd src'
-  first.  If you do it, make will call configure again. I don't know why and
-  didn't investigate it, there were more important things to do. If you can
-  make it work drop me a note.
-
-- The documentation was not updated for this alpha release. It contains lot of
-  ASCII dependencies, especially in examples.
-
-- Digraphs are dependent on code page 1047. Digraphs are used to enter
-  characters that normally cannot be entered by an ordinary keyboard.
-  See ":help digraphs".
-
-- Using 'ga' to show the code of the character under the cursor shows the
-  correct dec/hex/oct values, but the other informations might be missing or
-  wrong.
-
-- The sed syntax file doesn't work, it is ASCII dependent.
-
-Bugs:
------
-If you find a bug please inform me (schandl@de.ibm.com), don't disturb Bram
-Moolenaar. It's most likely a bug I introduced during porting or some ASCII
-dependency I didn't notice.
-
-Feedback:
----------
-Feedback welcome! Just drop me a note.

README_src.txt

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-README_src.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_src.txt for version 7.3 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 The source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on Unix systems.
 It is packed for Unix systems (NL line separator).  It is also used for other
-systems in combination with the extra archive (vim-7.0-extra.tar.gz, in the
+systems in combination with the extra archive (vim-7.3-extra.tar.gz, in the
 "extra" directory of ftp.vim.org).
 
 For more information, see the README.txt file that comes with the runtime
-archive (vim-7.0-rt.tar.gz).  To be able to run Vim you MUST get the runtime
+archive (vim-7.3-rt.tar.gz).  To be able to run Vim you MUST get the runtime
 archive too!

README_srcdos.txt

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-README_srcdos.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_srcdos.txt for version 7.3 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
-These files are in the runtime archive (vim72rt.zip).
+These files are in the runtime archive (vim73rt.zip).
 
 
 The DOS source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on MS-DOS or

README_unix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_unix.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_unix.txt for version 7.3 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on Unix systems.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.

README_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_vms.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_vms.txt for version 7.3 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on VMS systems.
 See "README.txt" in the runtime archive for information about Vim.

README_w32s.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_w32s.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_w32s.txt for version 7.3 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This archive contains the gvim.exe that was specifically compiled for use in
 the Win32s subsystem in MS-Windows 3.1 and 3.11.

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # NSIS file to create a self-installing exe for Vim.
 # It requires NSIS version 2.0 or later.
-# Last change:	2004 May 02
+# Last Change:	2010 Jul 30
 
 # WARNING: if you make changes to this script, look out for $0 to be valid,
 # because uninstall deletes most files in $0.
@@ -22,17 +22,20 @@
 !define HAVE_NLS
 
 !define VER_MAJOR 7
-!define VER_MINOR 2
+!define VER_MINOR 3
 
 # ----------- No configurable settings below this line -----------
 
 !include UpgradeDLL.nsh		# for VisVim.dll
+!include LogicLib.nsh
+!include x64.nsh
 
 Name "Vim ${VER_MAJOR}.${VER_MINOR}"
 OutFile gvim${VER_MAJOR}${VER_MINOR}.exe
 CRCCheck force
 SetCompressor lzma
 SetDatablockOptimize on
+RequestExecutionLevel highest
 
 ComponentText "This will install Vim ${VER_MAJOR}.${VER_MINOR} on your computer."
 DirText "Choose a directory to install Vim (must end in 'vim')"
@@ -290,13 +293,21 @@ Section "Add an Edit-with-Vim context menu entry"
 	SetOutPath $0
 	ClearErrors
 	SetOverwrite try
+	${If} ${RunningX64}
+	  File /oname=gvimext.dll ${VIMSRC}\GvimExt\gvimext64.dll
+	${Else}
 	  File /oname=gvimext.dll ${VIMSRC}\GvimExt\gvimext.dll
+	${EndIf}
 	IfErrors 0 GvimExtDone
 
 	# Can't copy gvimext.dll, create it under another name and rename it on
 	# next reboot.
 	GetTempFileName $3 $0
+	${If} ${RunningX64}
+	  File /oname=$3 ${VIMSRC}\GvimExt\gvimext64.dll
+	${Else}
 	  File /oname=$3 ${VIMSRC}\GvimExt\gvimext.dll
+	${EndIf}
 	Rename /REBOOTOK $3 $0\gvimext.dll
 
 	GvimExtDone:
@@ -438,8 +449,8 @@ Section Uninstall
 
 	  AskRemove:
 	    MessageBox MB_YESNO|MB_ICONQUESTION \
-	      "Remove all files in your $1\vimfiles directory? \
+	      "Remove all files in your $1\vimfiles directory?$\n \
-	      $\nIf you have created something there that you want to keep, click No" IDNO Fin
+	      $\nCAREFUL: If you have created something there that you want to keep, click No" IDNO Fin
 	    RMDir /r $1\vimfiles
 	  NoRemove:
 

runtime/autoload/ada.vim

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Description: Perform Ada specific completion & tagging.
 "     Language: Ada (2005)
-"	   $Id$
+"	   $Id: ada.vim 887 2008-07-08 14:29:01Z krischik $
 "   Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
 "		Taylor Venable <taylor@metasyntax.net>
 "		Neil Bird <neil@fnxweb.com>
 "		Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
-"      $Author$
+"      $Author: krischik $
-"	 $Date$
+"	 $Date: 2008-07-08 16:29:01 +0200 (Di, 08 Jul 2008) $
 "      Version: 4.6
-"    $Revision$
+"    $Revision: 887 $
 "     $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/ada.vim $
 "      History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
 "		26.05.2006 MK ' should not be in iskeyword.

runtime/autoload/adacomplete.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Description: Vim Ada omnicompletion file
 "     Language:	Ada (2005)
-"	   $Id$
+"	   $Id: adacomplete.vim 887 2008-07-08 14:29:01Z krischik $
 "   Maintainer:	Martin Krischik
-"      $Author$
+"      $Author: krischik $
-"	 $Date$
+"	 $Date: 2008-07-08 16:29:01 +0200 (Di, 08 Jul 2008) $
 "      Version: 4.6
-"    $Revision$
+"    $Revision: 887 $
 "     $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/adacomplete.vim $
 "      History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
 "		26.05.2006 MK improved search for begin of word.

runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2007 Aug 30
+" Last Change:	2010 Mar 23
 
 
 " This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
       let res = [{'match': match, 'tagline' : '', 'kind' : kind, 'info' : line}]
     else
       " Completing "var.", "var.something", etc.
-      let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[-1], 0, 1)
+      let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[1:], 0, 1)
     endif
   endif
 

runtime/autoload/decada.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Description: Vim Ada/Dec Ada compiler file
 "     Language: Ada (Dec Ada)
-"          $Id$
+"          $Id: decada.vim 887 2008-07-08 14:29:01Z krischik $
 "    Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
 "   Maintainer:	Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-"      $Author$
+"      $Author: krischik $
-"        $Date$
+"        $Date: 2008-07-08 16:29:01 +0200 (Di, 08 Jul 2008) $
 "      Version: 4.6      
-"    $Revision$
+"    $Revision: 887 $
 "     $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/decada.vim $
 "      History: 21.07.2006 MK New Dec Ada
 "               15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration

runtime/autoload/getscript.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " getscript.vim
 "  Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-"  Date:	Jul 10, 2008
+"  Date:	Dec 28, 2009
-"  Version:	31
+"  Version:	32
 "  Installing:	:help glvs-install
 "  Usage:	:help glvs
 "
@@ -12,19 +12,24 @@
 " Initialization:	{{{1
 " if you're sourcing this file, surely you can't be
 " expecting vim to be in its vi-compatible mode!
+if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
+ finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_getscript= "v32"
 if &cp
  echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
  finish
 endif
+if v:version < 702
+ echohl WarningMsg
+ echo "***warning*** this version of getscript needs vim 7.2"
+ echohl Normal
+ finish
+endif
 let s:keepcpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 "DechoTabOn
 
-if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
- finish
-endif
-let g:loaded_getscript= "v31"
-
 " ---------------------------
 " Global Variables: {{{1
 " ---------------------------
@@ -40,25 +45,6 @@ if !exists("g:getscript_cygwin")
   let g:getscript_cygwin= 0
  endif
 endif
-" shell quoting character {{{2
-if exists("g:netrw_shq") && !exists("g:getscript_shq")
- let g:getscript_shq= g:netrw_shq
-elseif !exists("g:getscript_shq")
- if exists("&shq") && &shq != ""
-  let g:getscript_shq= &shq
- elseif exists("&sxq") && &sxq != ""
-  let g:getscript_shq= &sxq
- elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-  if g:getscript_cygwin
-   let g:getscript_shq= "'"
-  else
-   let g:getscript_shq= '"'
-  endif
- else
-  let g:getscript_shq= "'"
- endif
-" call Decho("g:getscript_shq<".g:getscript_shq.">")
-endif
 
 " wget vs curl {{{2
 if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget")
@@ -112,7 +98,9 @@ if g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
   endif
  endif
 
- if exists('$HOME') && isdirectory(expand("$HOME")."/".s:dotvim)
+ if exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_autoinstalldir") && isdirectory(g:GetLatestVimScripts_autoinstalldir)
+  let s:autoinstall= g:GetLatestVimScripts_autoinstalldir"
+ elseif exists('$HOME') && isdirectory(expand("$HOME")."/".s:dotvim)
   let s:autoinstall= $HOME."/".s:dotvim
  endif
 " call Decho("s:autoinstall<".s:autoinstall.">")
@@ -165,7 +153,6 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
 "   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : unable to find a GetLatest subdirectory")
    return
   endif
-
   if filewritable(datadir) != 2
    echoerr "(getLatestVimScripts) Your ".datadir." isn't writable"
 "   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : non-writable directory<".datadir.">")
@@ -182,16 +169,24 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
 "   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : non-writable datafile<".datafile.">")
    return
   endif
+  " --------------------
+  " Passed sanity checks
+  " --------------------
+
 "  call Decho("datadir  <".datadir.">")
 "  call Decho("datafile <".datafile.">")
 
-  " don't let any events interfere (like winmanager's, taglist's, etc)
+  " don't let any event handlers interfere (like winmanager's, taglist's, etc)
   let eikeep  = &ei
   let hlskeep = &hls
-  set ei=all hls&vim
+  let acdkeep = &acd
+  set ei=all hls&vim noacd
 
-  " record current directory, change to datadir, open split window with
+  " Edit the datafile (ie. GetLatestVimScripts.dat):
-  " datafile
+  " 1. record current directory (origdir),
+  " 2. change directory to datadir,
+  " 3. split window
+  " 4. edit datafile
   let origdir= getcwd()
 "  call Decho("exe cd ".fnameescape(substitute(datadir,'\','/','ge')))
   exe "cd ".fnameescape(substitute(datadir,'\','/','ge'))
@@ -207,56 +202,55 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
 "  call Decho("searching plugins for GetLatestVimScripts dependencies")
   let lastline    = line("$")
 "  call Decho("lastline#".lastline)
-  let plugins     = split(globpath(&rtp,"plugin/*.vim"),'\n')
+  let firstdir    = substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
+  let plugins     = split(globpath(firstdir,"plugin/*.vim"),'\n')
+  let plugins     = plugins + split(globpath(firstdir,"AsNeeded/*.vim"),'\n')
   let foundscript = 0
-  let firstdir= ""
 
+  " this loop updates the GetLatestVimScripts.dat file
+  " with dependencies explicitly mentioned in the plugins
+  " via   GetLatestVimScripts: ... lines
+  " It reads the plugin script at the end of the GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+  " file, examines it, and then removes it.
   for plugin in plugins
+"   call Decho(" ")
 "   call Decho("plugin<".plugin.">")
 
-   " don't process plugins in system directories
-   if firstdir == ""
-    let firstdir= substitute(plugin,'[/\\][^/\\]\+$','','')
-"    call Decho("setting firstdir<".firstdir.">")
-   else
-    let curdir= substitute(plugin,'[/\\][^/\\]\+$','','')
-"    call Decho("curdir<".curdir.">")
-    if curdir != firstdir
-"     call Decho("skipping subsequent plugins: curdir<".curdir."> != firstdir<".firstdir.">")
-     break
-    endif
-   endif
-
    " read plugin in
    " evidently a :r creates a new buffer (the "#" buffer) that is subsequently unused -- bwiping it
    $
-"   call Decho(" ")
 "   call Decho(".dependency checking<".plugin."> line$=".line("$"))
-"   call Decho("exe silent r ".fnameescape(plugin))
+"   call Decho("..exe silent r ".fnameescape(plugin))
    exe "silent r ".fnameescape(plugin)
    exe "silent bwipe ".bufnr("#")
 
    while search('^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\d\+\s\+\d\+','W') != 0
-    let newscript= substitute(getline("."),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\d\+\s\+\d\+\s\+\(.*\)$','\1','e')
+    let depscript   = substitute(getline("."),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\d\+\s\+\d\+\s\+\(.*\)$','\1','e')
+    let depscriptid = substitute(getline("."),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\(\d\+\)\s\+.*$','\1','')
     let llp1        = lastline+1
-"    call Decho("..newscript<".newscript.">")
+"    call Decho("..depscript<".depscript.">")
 
-    " don't process ""GetLatestVimScripts lines -- those that have been doubly-commented out
+    " found a "GetLatestVimScripts: # #" line in the script;
-    if newscript !~ '^"'
+    " check if its already in the datafile by searching backwards from llp1,
-     " found a "GetLatestVimScripts: # #" line in the script; check if its already in the datafile
+    " the (prior to reading in the plugin script) last line plus one of the GetLatestVimScripts.dat file,
+    " for the script-id with no wrapping allowed.
     let curline     = line(".")
-     let noai_script = substitute(newscript,'\s*:AutoInstall:\s*','','e')
+    let noai_script = substitute(depscript,'\s*:AutoInstall:\s*','','e')
     exe llp1
+    let srchline    = search('^\s*'.depscriptid.'\s\+\d\+\s\+.*$','bW')
+    if srchline == 0
+     " this second search is taken when, for example, a   0 0 scriptname  is to be skipped over
      let srchline= search('\<'.noai_script.'\>','bW')
-"     call Decho("..noai_script<".noai_script."> srch=".srchline."curline#".line(".")." lastline#".lastline)
+    endif
+"    call Decho("..noai_script<".noai_script."> depscriptid#".depscriptid." srchline#".srchline." curline#".line(".")." lastline#".lastline)
 
     if srchline == 0
      " found a new script to permanently include in the datafile
      let keep_rega   = @a
      let @a          = substitute(getline(curline),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+','','')
+     echomsg "Appending <".@a."> to ".datafile." for ".depscript
+"     call Decho("..Appending <".@a."> to ".datafile." for ".depscript)
      exe lastline."put a"
-      echomsg "Appending <".@a."> to ".datafile." for ".newscript
-"      call Decho("..APPEND (".noai_script.")<".@a."> to GetLatestVimScripts.dat")
      let @a          = keep_rega
      let lastline    = llp1
      let curline     = curline     + 1
@@ -267,9 +261,9 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
 
     let curline = curline + 1
     exe curline
-    endif
    endwhile
 
+   " llp1: last line plus one
    let llp1= lastline + 1
 "   call Decho(".deleting lines: ".llp1.",$d")
    exe "silent! ".llp1.",$d"
@@ -282,7 +276,9 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
    setlocal nomod
   endif
 
+  " --------------------------------------------------------------------
   " Check on out-of-date scripts using GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+  " --------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  call Decho("begin: checking out-of-date scripts using datafile<".datafile.">")
   setlocal lz
   1
@@ -324,6 +320,7 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
   exe "cd ".fnameescape(substitute(origdir,'\','/','ge'))
   let &ei  = eikeep
   let &hls = hlskeep
+  let &acd = acdkeep
   setlocal nolz
 "  call Dredir("BUFFER TEST (GetLatestVimScripts 2)","ls!")
 "  call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : did ".s:downloads." downloads")
@@ -333,7 +330,7 @@ endfun
 "  GetOneScript: (Get Latest Vim Script) this function operates {{{1
 "    on the current line, interpreting two numbers and text as
 "    ScriptID, SourceID, and Filename.
-"    It downloads any scripts that have newer versions from vim.sf.net.
+"    It downloads any scripts that have newer versions from vim.sourceforge.net.
 fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
 "   call Dfunc("GetOneScript()")
 
@@ -391,6 +388,7 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
 "   call Decho("fname   <".fname.">")
   endif
 
+  " plugin author protection from downloading his/her own scripts atop their latest work
   if scriptid == 0 || srcid == 0
    " When looking for :AutoInstall: lines, skip scripts that have   0 0 scriptname
    let @a= rega
@@ -416,21 +414,21 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
 "  call Decho('considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid)
   echo 'considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid
 
-  " grab a copy of the plugin's vim.sf.net webpage
+  " grab a copy of the plugin's vim.sourceforge.net webpage
-  let scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sf.net/script.php?script_id='.scriptid
+  let scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='.scriptid
   let tmpfile    = tempname()
   let v:errmsg   = ""
 
   " make up to three tries at downloading the description
   let itry= 1
   while itry <= 3
-"   call Decho("try#".itry." to download description of <".aicmmnt."> with addr=".scriptaddr)
+"   call Decho(".try#".itry." to download description of <".aicmmnt."> with addr=".scriptaddr)
    if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("win95")
-"    call Decho("new|exe silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(tmpfile).' '.s:Escape(scriptaddr)."|bw!")
+"    call Decho(".new|exe silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(tmpfile).' '.shellescape(scriptaddr)."|bw!")
-    new|exe "silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(tmpfile).' '.s:Escape(scriptaddr)|bw!
+    new|exe "silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(tmpfile).' '.shellescape(scriptaddr)|bw!
    else
-"    call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(tmpfile)." ".s:Escape(scriptaddr))
+"    call Decho(".exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(tmpfile)." ".shellescape(scriptaddr))
-    exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(tmpfile)." ".s:Escape(scriptaddr)
+    exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(tmpfile)." ".shellescape(scriptaddr)
    endif
    if itry == 1
     exe "silent vsplit ".fnameescape(tmpfile)
@@ -495,8 +493,7 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
   let latestsrcid = latestsrcid + 0
 "  call Decho("srcid=".srcid." latestsrcid=".latestsrcid." sname<".sname.">")
 
-  " has the plugin's most-recent srcid increased, which indicates
+  " has the plugin's most-recent srcid increased, which indicates that it has been updated
-  " that it has been updated
   if latestsrcid > srcid
 "   call Decho("[latestsrcid=".latestsrcid."] <= [srcid=".srcid."]: need to update <".sname.">")
 
@@ -506,65 +503,103 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
     let sname= "NEW_".sname
    endif
 
+   " -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    " the plugin has been updated since we last obtained it, so download a new copy
-"   call Decho("...downloading new <".sname.">")
+   " -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   echomsg "...downloading new <".sname.">"
+"   call Decho(".downloading new <".sname.">")
+   echomsg ".downloading new <".sname.">"
    if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("win95")
-"    call Decho("new|exe silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape('http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid)."|q")
+"    call Decho(".new|exe silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape('http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid)."|q")
-    new|exe "silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape('http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid)|q
+    new|exe "silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape('http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid)|q
    else
-"    call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape('http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='))
+"    call Decho(".exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape('http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='))
-    exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape('http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id=').latestsrcid
+    exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape('http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id=').latestsrcid
    endif
 
+   " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
    " AutoInstall: only if doautoinstall has been requested by the plugin itself
+   " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
    if doautoinstall
-"    call Decho("attempting to do autoinstall: getcwd<".getcwd()."> filereadable(".sname.")=".filereadable(sname))
+"    call Decho(" ")
+"    call Decho("Autoinstall: getcwd<".getcwd()."> filereadable(".sname.")=".filereadable(sname))
     if filereadable(sname)
-"     call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape(s:autoinstall))
+"     call Decho("<".sname."> is readable")
-     exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape(s:autoinstall)
+"     call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape(s:autoinstall))
+     exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape(s:autoinstall)
      let curdir    = escape(substitute(getcwd(),'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
      let installdir= curdir."/Installed"
      if !isdirectory(installdir)
       call mkdir(installdir)
      endif
+"     call Decho("curdir<".curdir."> installdir<".installdir.">")
 "     call Decho("exe cd ".fnameescape(s:autoinstall))
      exe "cd ".fnameescape(s:autoinstall)
 
+     " determine target directory for moves
+     let firstdir= substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
+     let pname   = substitute(sname,'\..*','.vim','')
+"     call Decho("determine tgtdir: is <".firstdir.'/AsNeeded/'.pname." readable?")
+     if filereadable(firstdir.'/AsNeeded/'.pname)
+      let tgtdir= "AsNeeded"
+     else
+      let tgtdir= "plugin"
+     endif
+"     call Decho("tgtdir<".tgtdir.">  pname<".pname.">")
+     
      " decompress
      if sname =~ '\.bz2$'
 "      call Decho("decompress: attempt to bunzip2 ".sname)
-      exe "silent !bunzip2 ".s:Escape(sname)
+      exe "silent !bunzip2 ".shellescape(sname)
       let sname= substitute(sname,'\.bz2$','','')
 "      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after bunzip2")
      elseif sname =~ '\.gz$'
 "      call Decho("decompress: attempt to gunzip ".sname)
-      exe "silent !gunzip ".s:Escape(sname)
+      exe "silent !gunzip ".shellescape(sname)
       let sname= substitute(sname,'\.gz$','','')
 "      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after gunzip")
+     else
+"      call Decho("no decompression needed")
      endif
      
      " distribute archive(.zip, .tar, .vba) contents
      if sname =~ '\.zip$'
 "      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to unzip ".sname)
-      exe "silent !unzip -o ".s:Escape(sname)
+      exe "silent !unzip -o ".shellescape(sname)
      elseif sname =~ '\.tar$'
 "      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar ".sname)
-      exe "silent !tar -xvf ".s:Escape(sname)
+      exe "silent !tar -xvf ".shellescape(sname)
      elseif sname =~ '\.vba$'
 "      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to handle a vimball: ".sname)
       silent 1split
+      if exists("g:vimball_home")
+       let oldvimballhome= g:vimball_home
+      endif
+      let g:vimball_home= s:autoinstall
       exe "silent e ".fnameescape(sname)
       silent so %
       silent q
+      if exists("oldvimballhome")
+       let g:vimball_home= oldvimballhome
+      else
+       unlet g:vimball_home
+      endif
+     else
+"      call Decho("no dearchiving needed")
      endif
      
+     " ---------------------------------------------
+     " move plugin to plugin/ or AsNeeded/ directory
+     " ---------------------------------------------
      if sname =~ '.vim$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to simply move ".sname." to plugin")
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to simply move ".sname." to ".tgtdir)
-      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".s:Escape(sname)." plugin"
+      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".tgtdir
      else
 "      call Decho("dearchive: move <".sname."> to installdir<".installdir.">")
-      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".installdir
+      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".installdir
+     endif
+     if tgtdir != "plugin"
+"      call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." plugin/".shellescape(pname)." ".tgtdir)
+      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." plugin/".shellescape(pname)." ".tgtdir
      endif
      
      " helptags step
@@ -599,20 +634,6 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
 "  call Dret("GetOneScript")
 endfun
 
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" s:Escape: makes a string safe&suitable for the shell {{{2
-fun! s:Escape(name)
-"  call Dfunc("s:Escape(name<".a:name.">)")
-  if exists("*shellescape")
-   " shellescape() was added by patch 7.0.111
-   let name= shellescape(a:name)
-  else
-   let name= g:getscript_shq . a:name . g:getscript_shq
-  endif
-"  call Dret("s:Escape ".name)
-  return name
-endfun
-
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Restore Options: {{{1
 let &cpo= s:keepcpo

runtime/autoload/gnat.vim

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Description: Vim Ada/GNAT compiler file
 "     Language: Ada (GNAT)
-"          $Id$
+"          $Id: gnat.vim 887 2008-07-08 14:29:01Z krischik $
 "    Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
 "   Maintainer:	Martin Krischi <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>k
 "		Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
-"      $Author$
+"      $Author: krischik $
-"        $Date$
+"        $Date: 2008-07-08 16:29:01 +0200 (Di, 08 Jul 2008) $
 "      Version: 4.6
-"    $Revision$
+"    $Revision: 887 $
 "     $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/gnat.vim $
 "      History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
 "		16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball

runtime/autoload/netrwFileHandlers.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " netrwFileHandlers: contains various extension-based file handlers for
 "                    netrw's browsers' x command ("eXecute launcher")
 " Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		May 30, 2006
+" Date:		Sep 30, 2008
-" Version:	9
+" Version:	10
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -20,9 +20,15 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers") || &cp
  finish
 endif
+let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v10"
+if v:version < 702
+ echohl WarningMsg
+ echo "***warning*** this version of netrwFileHandlers needs vim 7.2"
+ echohl Normal
+ finish
+endif
 let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
-let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v9"
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " netrwFileHandlers#Invoke: {{{1
@@ -73,10 +79,10 @@ fun! s:NFH_html(pagefile)
 
   if executable("mozilla")
 "   call Decho("executing !mozilla ".page)
-   exe "!mozilla ".g:netrw_shq.page.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "!mozilla ".shellescape(page,1)
   elseif executable("netscape")
 "   call Decho("executing !netscape ".page)
-   exe "!netscape ".g:netrw_shq..page.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "!netscape ".shellescape(page,1)
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_html 0")
    return 0
@@ -96,10 +102,10 @@ fun! s:NFH_htm(pagefile)
 
   if executable("mozilla")
 "   call Decho("executing !mozilla ".page)
-   exe "!mozilla ".g:netrw_shq.page.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "!mozilla ".shellescape(page,1)
   elseif executable("netscape")
 "   call Decho("executing !netscape ".page)
-   exe "!netscape ".g:netrw_shq.page.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "!netscape ".shellescape(page,1)
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_htm 0")
    return 0
@@ -115,10 +121,10 @@ fun! s:NFH_jpg(jpgfile)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_jpg(jpgfile<".a:jpgfile.">)")
 
   if executable("gimp")
-   exe "silent! !gimp -s ".g:netrw_shq.a:jpgfile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !gimp -s ".shellescape(a:jpgfile,1)
   elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
 "   call Decho("silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".escape(a:jpgfile," []|'"))
-   exe "!".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".g:netrw_shq.a:jpgfile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "!".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".shellescape(a:jpgfile,1)
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_jpg 0")
    return 0
@@ -134,9 +140,9 @@ fun! s:NFH_gif(giffile)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_gif(giffile<".a:giffile.">)")
 
   if executable("gimp")
-   exe "silent! !gimp -s ".g:netrw_shq.a:giffile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !gimp -s ".shellescape(a:giffile,1)
   elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
-   exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".g:netrw_shq.a:giffile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".shellescape(a:giffile,1)
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_gif 0")
    return 0
@@ -152,9 +158,9 @@ fun! s:NFH_png(pngfile)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_png(pngfile<".a:pngfile.">)")
 
   if executable("gimp")
-   exe "silent! !gimp -s ".g:netrw_shq.a:pngfile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !gimp -s ".shellescape(a:pngfile,1)
   elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
-   exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".g:netrw_shq.a:pngfile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".shellescape(a:pngfile,1)
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_png 0")
    return 0
@@ -170,9 +176,9 @@ fun! s:NFH_pnm(pnmfile)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_pnm(pnmfile<".a:pnmfile.">)")
 
   if executable("gimp")
-   exe "silent! !gimp -s ".g:netrw_shq.a:pnmfile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !gimp -s ".shellescape(a:pnmfile,1)
   elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
-   exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".g:netrw_shq.a:pnmfile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".shellescape(a:pnmfile,1)
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_pnm 0")
    return 0
@@ -190,7 +196,7 @@ fun! s:NFH_bmp(bmpfile)
   if executable("gimp")
    exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:bmpfile
   elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
-   exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".g:netrw_shq.a:bmpfile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".shellescape(a:bmpfile,1)
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_bmp 0")
    return 0
@@ -205,9 +211,9 @@ endfun
 fun! s:NFH_pdf(pdf)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_pdf(pdf<".a:pdf.">)")
   if executable("gs")
-   exe 'silent! !gs '.g:netrw_shq.a:pdf.g:netrw_shq
+   exe 'silent! !gs '.shellescape(a:pdf,1)
   elseif executable("pdftotext")
-   exe 'silent! pdftotext -nopgbrk '.g:netrw_shq.a:pdf.g:netrw_shq
+   exe 'silent! pdftotext -nopgbrk '.shellescape(a:pdf,1)
   else
 "  call Dret("s:NFH_pdf 0")
    return 0
@@ -223,7 +229,7 @@ fun! s:NFH_doc(doc)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_doc(doc<".a:doc.">)")
 
   if executable("oowriter")
-   exe 'silent! !oowriter '.g:netrw_shq.a:doc.g:netrw_shq
+   exe 'silent! !oowriter '.shellescape(a:doc,1)
    redraw!
   else
 "  call Dret("s:NFH_doc 0")
@@ -240,7 +246,7 @@ fun! s:NFH_sxw(sxw)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_sxw(sxw<".a:sxw.">)")
 
   if executable("oowriter")
-   exe 'silent! !oowriter '.g:netrw_shq.a:sxw.g:netrw_shq
+   exe 'silent! !oowriter '.shellescape(a:sxw,1)
    redraw!
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_sxw 0")
@@ -257,7 +263,7 @@ fun! s:NFH_xls(xls)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_xls(xls<".a:xls.">)")
 
   if executable("oocalc")
-   exe 'silent! !oocalc '.g:netrw_shq.a:xls.g:netrw_shq
+   exe 'silent! !oocalc '.shellescape(a:xls,1)
    redraw!
   else
 "  call Dret("s:NFH_xls 0")
@@ -274,15 +280,15 @@ fun! s:NFH_ps(ps)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_ps(ps<".a:ps.">)")
   if executable("gs")
 "   call Decho("exe silent! !gs ".a:ps)
-   exe "silent! !gs ".g:netrw_shq.a:ps.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !gs ".shellescape(a:ps,1)
    redraw!
   elseif executable("ghostscript")
 "   call Decho("exe silent! !ghostscript ".a:ps)
-   exe "silent! !ghostscript ".g:netrw_shq.a:ps.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !ghostscript ".shellescape(a:ps,1)
    redraw!
   elseif executable("gswin32")
-"   call Decho("exe silent! !gswin32 ".g:netrw_shq.a:ps.g:netrw_shq)
+"   call Decho("exe silent! !gswin32 ".shellescape(a:ps,1))
-   exe "silent! !gswin32 ".g:netrw_shq.a:ps.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !gswin32 ".shellescape(a:ps,1)
    redraw!
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_ps 0")
@@ -298,16 +304,16 @@ endfun
 fun! s:NFH_eps(eps)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_eps()")
   if executable("gs")
-   exe "silent! !gs ".g:netrw_shq.a:eps.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !gs ".shellescape(a:eps,1)
    redraw!
   elseif executable("ghostscript")
-   exe "silent! !ghostscript ".g:netrw_shq.a:eps.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !ghostscript ".shellescape(a:eps,1)
    redraw!
   elseif executable("ghostscript")
-   exe "silent! !ghostscript ".g:netrw_shq.a:eps.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !ghostscript ".shellescape(a:eps,1)
    redraw!
   elseif executable("gswin32")
-   exe "silent! !gswin32 ".g:netrw_shq.a:eps.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !gswin32 ".shellescape(a:eps,1)
    redraw!
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_eps 0")

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		Jul 02, 2008
+" Date:		Sep 03, 2008
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	12
+" Version:	13
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -19,7 +19,13 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings  = "v12"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v13"
+if v:version < 700
+ echohl WarningMsg
+ echo "***warning*** this version of netrwSettings needs vim 7.0"
+ echohl Normal
+ finish
+endif
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " NetrwSettings: {{{1
@@ -100,6 +106,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
    put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer    = (not defined)'
   endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_compress          = '.g:netrw_compress
+  put = 'let g:netrw_cursorline        = '.g:netrw_cursorline
   let decompressline= line("$")
   put ='let g:netrw_decompress...'
   put = 'let g:netrw_dirhistmax        = '.g:netrw_dirhistmax
@@ -138,6 +145,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_special_syntax    = '.g:netrw_special_syntax
   put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject
   put = 'let g:netrw_scpport           = '.g:netrw_scpport
+  put = 'let g:netrw_sepchr            = '.g:netrw_sepchr
   put = 'let g:netrw_sshport           = '.g:netrw_sshport
   put = 'let g:netrw_timefmt           = '.g:netrw_timefmt
   let tmpfileescline= line("$")

runtime/autoload/python3complete.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,606 @@
+"python3complete.vim - Omni Completion for python
+" Maintainer: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
+" Version: 0.9
+" Last Updated: 18 Jun 2009
+"
+" Roland Puntaier: this file contains adaptations for python3 and is parallel to pythoncomplete.vim
+"
+" Changes
+" TODO:
+" 'info' item output can use some formatting work
+" Add an "unsafe eval" mode, to allow for return type evaluation
+" Complete basic syntax along with import statements
+"   i.e. "import url<c-x,c-o>"
+" Continue parsing on invalid line??
+"
+" v 0.9
+"   * Fixed docstring parsing for classes and functions
+"   * Fixed parsing of *args and **kwargs type arguments
+"   * Better function param parsing to handle things like tuples and
+"     lambda defaults args
+"
+" v 0.8
+"   * Fixed an issue where the FIRST assignment was always used instead of
+"   using a subsequent assignment for a variable
+"   * Fixed a scoping issue when working inside a parameterless function
+"
+"
+" v 0.7
+"   * Fixed function list sorting (_ and __ at the bottom)
+"   * Removed newline removal from docs.  It appears vim handles these better in
+"   recent patches
+"
+" v 0.6:
+"   * Fixed argument completion
+"   * Removed the 'kind' completions, as they are better indicated
+"   with real syntax
+"   * Added tuple assignment parsing (whoops, that was forgotten)
+"   * Fixed import handling when flattening scope
+"
+" v 0.5:
+" Yeah, I skipped a version number - 0.4 was never public.
+"  It was a bugfix version on top of 0.3.  This is a complete
+"  rewrite.
+"
+
+if !has('python3')
+    echo "Error: Required vim compiled with +python3"
+    finish
+endif
+
+function! python3complete#Complete(findstart, base)
+    "findstart = 1 when we need to get the text length
+    if a:findstart == 1
+        let line = getline('.')
+        let idx = col('.')
+        while idx > 0
+            let idx -= 1
+            let c = line[idx]
+            if c =~ '\w'
+                continue
+            elseif ! c =~ '\.'
+                let idx = -1
+                break
+            else
+                break
+            endif
+        endwhile
+
+        return idx
+    "findstart = 0 when we need to return the list of completions
+    else
+        "vim no longer moves the cursor upon completion... fix that
+        let line = getline('.')
+        let idx = col('.')
+        let cword = ''
+        while idx > 0
+            let idx -= 1
+            let c = line[idx]
+            if c =~ '\w' || c =~ '\.'
+                let cword = c . cword
+                continue
+            elseif strlen(cword) > 0 || idx == 0
+                break
+            endif
+        endwhile
+        execute "py3 vimpy3complete('" . cword . "', '" . a:base . "')"
+        return g:python3complete_completions
+    endif
+endfunction
+
+function! s:DefPython()
+py3 << PYTHONEOF
+import sys, tokenize, io, types
+from token import NAME, DEDENT, NEWLINE, STRING
+
+debugstmts=[]
+def dbg(s): debugstmts.append(s)
+def showdbg():
+    for d in debugstmts: print("DBG: %s " % d)
+
+def vimpy3complete(context,match):
+    global debugstmts
+    debugstmts = []
+    try:
+        import vim
+        cmpl = Completer()
+        cmpl.evalsource('\n'.join(vim.current.buffer),vim.eval("line('.')"))
+        all = cmpl.get_completions(context,match)
+        all.sort(key=lambda x:x['abbr'].replace('_','z'))
+        dictstr = '['
+        # have to do this for double quoting
+        for cmpl in all:
+            dictstr += '{'
+            for x in cmpl: dictstr += '"%s":"%s",' % (x,cmpl[x])
+            dictstr += '"icase":0},'
+        if dictstr[-1] == ',': dictstr = dictstr[:-1]
+        dictstr += ']'
+        #dbg("dict: %s" % dictstr)
+        vim.command("silent let g:python3complete_completions = %s" % dictstr)
+        #dbg("Completion dict:\n%s" % all)
+    except vim.error:
+        dbg("VIM Error: %s" % vim.error)
+
+class Completer(object):
+    def __init__(self):
+       self.compldict = {}
+       self.parser = PyParser()
+
+    def evalsource(self,text,line=0):
+        sc = self.parser.parse(text,line)
+        src = sc.get_code()
+        dbg("source: %s" % src)
+        try: exec(src,self.compldict)
+        except: dbg("parser: %s, %s" % (sys.exc_info()[0],sys.exc_info()[1]))
+        for l in sc.locals:
+            try: exec(l,self.compldict)
+            except: dbg("locals: %s, %s [%s]" % (sys.exc_info()[0],sys.exc_info()[1],l))
+
+    def _cleanstr(self,doc):
+        return doc.replace('"',' ').replace("'",' ')
+
+    def get_arguments(self,func_obj):
+        def _ctor(class_ob):
+            try: return class_ob.__init__
+            except AttributeError:
+                for base in class_ob.__bases__:
+                    rc = _ctor(base)
+                    if rc is not None: return rc
+            return None
+
+        arg_offset = 1
+        if type(func_obj) == type: func_obj = _ctor(func_obj)
+        elif type(func_obj) == types.MethodType: arg_offset = 1
+        else: arg_offset = 0
+
+        arg_text=''
+        if type(func_obj) in [types.FunctionType, types.LambdaType,types.MethodType]:
+            try:
+                cd = func_obj.__code__
+                real_args = cd.co_varnames[arg_offset:cd.co_argcount]
+                defaults = func_obj.__defaults__ or []
+                defaults = ["=%s" % name for name in defaults]
+                defaults = [""] * (len(real_args)-len(defaults)) + defaults
+                items = [a+d for a,d in zip(real_args,defaults)]
+                if func_obj.__code__.co_flags & 0x4:
+                    items.append("...")
+                if func_obj.__code__.co_flags & 0x8:
+                    items.append("***")
+                arg_text = (','.join(items)) + ')'
+            except:
+                dbg("arg completion: %s: %s" % (sys.exc_info()[0],sys.exc_info()[1]))
+                pass
+        if len(arg_text) == 0:
+            # The doc string sometimes contains the function signature
+            #  this works for alot of C modules that are part of the
+            #  standard library
+            doc = func_obj.__doc__
+            if doc:
+                doc = doc.lstrip()
+                pos = doc.find('\n')
+                if pos > 0:
+                    sigline = doc[:pos]
+                    lidx = sigline.find('(')
+                    ridx = sigline.find(')')
+                    if lidx > 0 and ridx > 0:
+                        arg_text = sigline[lidx+1:ridx] + ')'
+        if len(arg_text) == 0: arg_text = ')'
+        return arg_text
+
+    def get_completions(self,context,match):
+        #dbg("get_completions('%s','%s')" % (context,match))
+        stmt = ''
+        if context: stmt += str(context)
+        if match: stmt += str(match)
+        try:
+            result = None
+            all = {}
+            ridx = stmt.rfind('.')
+            if len(stmt) > 0 and stmt[-1] == '(':
+                result = eval(_sanitize(stmt[:-1]), self.compldict)
+                doc = result.__doc__
+                if doc is None: doc = ''
+                args = self.get_arguments(result)
+                return [{'word':self._cleanstr(args),'info':self._cleanstr(doc)}]
+            elif ridx == -1:
+                match = stmt
+                all = self.compldict
+            else:
+                match = stmt[ridx+1:]
+                stmt = _sanitize(stmt[:ridx])
+                result = eval(stmt, self.compldict)
+                all = dir(result)
+
+            dbg("completing: stmt:%s" % stmt)
+            completions = []
+
+            try: maindoc = result.__doc__
+            except: maindoc = ' '
+            if maindoc is None: maindoc = ' '
+            for m in all:
+                if m == "_PyCmplNoType": continue #this is internal
+                try:
+                    dbg('possible completion: %s' % m)
+                    if m.find(match) == 0:
+                        if result is None: inst = all[m]
+                        else: inst = getattr(result,m)
+                        try: doc = inst.__doc__
+                        except: doc = maindoc
+                        typestr = str(inst)
+                        if doc is None or doc == '': doc = maindoc
+
+                        wrd = m[len(match):]
+                        c = {'word':wrd, 'abbr':m,  'info':self._cleanstr(doc)}
+                        if "function" in typestr:
+                            c['word'] += '('
+                            c['abbr'] += '(' + self._cleanstr(self.get_arguments(inst))
+                        elif "method" in typestr:
+                            c['word'] += '('
+                            c['abbr'] += '(' + self._cleanstr(self.get_arguments(inst))
+                        elif "module" in typestr:
+                            c['word'] += '.'
+                        elif "type" in typestr:
+                            c['word'] += '('
+                            c['abbr'] += '('
+                        completions.append(c)
+                except:
+                    i = sys.exc_info()
+                    dbg("inner completion: %s,%s [stmt='%s']" % (i[0],i[1],stmt))
+            return completions
+        except:
+            i = sys.exc_info()
+            dbg("completion: %s,%s [stmt='%s']" % (i[0],i[1],stmt))
+            return []
+
+class Scope(object):
+    def __init__(self,name,indent,docstr=''):
+        self.subscopes = []
+        self.docstr = docstr
+        self.locals = []
+        self.parent = None
+        self.name = name
+        self.indent = indent
+
+    def add(self,sub):
+        #print('push scope: [%s@%s]' % (sub.name,sub.indent))
+        sub.parent = self
+        self.subscopes.append(sub)
+        return sub
+
+    def doc(self,str):
+        """ Clean up a docstring """
+        d = str.replace('\n',' ')
+        d = d.replace('\t',' ')
+        while d.find('  ') > -1: d = d.replace('  ',' ')
+        while d[0] in '"\'\t ': d = d[1:]
+        while d[-1] in '"\'\t ': d = d[:-1]
+        dbg("Scope(%s)::docstr = %s" % (self,d))
+        self.docstr = d
+
+    def local(self,loc):
+        self._checkexisting(loc)
+        self.locals.append(loc)
+
+    def copy_decl(self,indent=0):
+        """ Copy a scope's declaration only, at the specified indent level - not local variables """
+        return Scope(self.name,indent,self.docstr)
+
+    def _checkexisting(self,test):
+        "Convienance function... keep out duplicates"
+        if test.find('=') > -1:
+            var = test.split('=')[0].strip()
+            for l in self.locals:
+                if l.find('=') > -1 and var == l.split('=')[0].strip():
+                    self.locals.remove(l)
+
+    def get_code(self):
+        str = ""
+        if len(self.docstr) > 0: str += '"""'+self.docstr+'"""\n'
+        for l in self.locals:
+            if l.startswith('import'): str += l+'\n'
+        str += 'class _PyCmplNoType:\n    def __getattr__(self,name):\n        return None\n'
+        for sub in self.subscopes:
+            str += sub.get_code()
+        for l in self.locals:
+            if not l.startswith('import'): str += l+'\n'
+
+        return str
+
+    def pop(self,indent):
+        #print('pop scope: [%s] to [%s]' % (self.indent,indent))
+        outer = self
+        while outer.parent != None and outer.indent >= indent:
+            outer = outer.parent
+        return outer
+
+    def currentindent(self):
+        #print('parse current indent: %s' % self.indent)
+        return '    '*self.indent
+
+    def childindent(self):
+        #print('parse child indent: [%s]' % (self.indent+1))
+        return '    '*(self.indent+1)
+
+class Class(Scope):
+    def __init__(self, name, supers, indent, docstr=''):
+        Scope.__init__(self,name,indent, docstr)
+        self.supers = supers
+    def copy_decl(self,indent=0):
+        c = Class(self.name,self.supers,indent, self.docstr)
+        for s in self.subscopes:
+            c.add(s.copy_decl(indent+1))
+        return c
+    def get_code(self):
+        str = '%sclass %s' % (self.currentindent(),self.name)
+        if len(self.supers) > 0: str += '(%s)' % ','.join(self.supers)
+        str += ':\n'
+        if len(self.docstr) > 0: str += self.childindent()+'"""'+self.docstr+'"""\n'
+        if len(self.subscopes) > 0:
+            for s in self.subscopes: str += s.get_code()
+        else:
+            str += '%spass\n' % self.childindent()
+        return str
+
+
+class Function(Scope):
+    def __init__(self, name, params, indent, docstr=''):
+        Scope.__init__(self,name,indent, docstr)
+        self.params = params
+    def copy_decl(self,indent=0):
+        return Function(self.name,self.params,indent, self.docstr)
+    def get_code(self):
+        str = "%sdef %s(%s):\n" % \
+            (self.currentindent(),self.name,','.join(self.params))
+        if len(self.docstr) > 0: str += self.childindent()+'"""'+self.docstr+'"""\n'
+        str += "%spass\n" % self.childindent()
+        return str
+
+class PyParser:
+    def __init__(self):
+        self.top = Scope('global',0)
+        self.scope = self.top
+
+    def _parsedotname(self,pre=None):
+        #returns (dottedname, nexttoken)
+        name = []
+        if pre is None:
+            tokentype, token, indent = self.donext()
+            if tokentype != NAME and token != '*':
+                return ('', token)
+        else: token = pre
+        name.append(token)
+        while True:
+            tokentype, token, indent = self.donext()
+            if token != '.': break
+            tokentype, token, indent = self.donext()
+            if tokentype != NAME: break
+            name.append(token)
+        return (".".join(name), token)
+
+    def _parseimportlist(self):
+        imports = []
+        while True:
+            name, token = self._parsedotname()
+            if not name: break
+            name2 = ''
+            if token == 'as': name2, token = self._parsedotname()
+            imports.append((name, name2))
+            while token != "," and "\n" not in token:
+                tokentype, token, indent = self.donext()
+            if token != ",": break
+        return imports
+
+    def _parenparse(self):
+        name = ''
+        names = []
+        level = 1
+        while True:
+            tokentype, token, indent = self.donext()
+            if token in (')', ',') and level == 1:
+                if '=' not in name: name = name.replace(' ', '')
+                names.append(name.strip())
+                name = ''
+            if token == '(':
+                level += 1
+                name += "("
+            elif token == ')':
+                level -= 1
+                if level == 0: break
+                else: name += ")"
+            elif token == ',' and level == 1:
+                pass
+            else:
+                name += "%s " % str(token)
+        return names
+
+    def _parsefunction(self,indent):
+        self.scope=self.scope.pop(indent)
+        tokentype, fname, ind = self.donext()
+        if tokentype != NAME: return None
+
+        tokentype, open, ind = self.donext()
+        if open != '(': return None
+        params=self._parenparse()
+
+        tokentype, colon, ind = self.donext()
+        if colon != ':': return None
+
+        return Function(fname,params,indent)
+
+    def _parseclass(self,indent):
+        self.scope=self.scope.pop(indent)
+        tokentype, cname, ind = self.donext()
+        if tokentype != NAME: return None
+
+        super = []
+        tokentype, thenext, ind = self.donext()
+        if thenext == '(':
+            super=self._parenparse()
+        elif thenext != ':': return None
+
+        return Class(cname,super,indent)
+
+    def _parseassignment(self):
+        assign=''
+        tokentype, token, indent = self.donext()
+        if tokentype == tokenize.STRING or token == 'str':  
+            return '""'
+        elif token == '(' or token == 'tuple':
+            return '()'
+        elif token == '[' or token == 'list':
+            return '[]'
+        elif token == '{' or token == 'dict':
+            return '{}'
+        elif tokentype == tokenize.NUMBER:
+            return '0'
+        elif token == 'open' or token == 'file':
+            return 'file'
+        elif token == 'None':
+            return '_PyCmplNoType()'
+        elif token == 'type':
+            return 'type(_PyCmplNoType)' #only for method resolution
+        else:
+            assign += token
+            level = 0
+            while True:
+                tokentype, token, indent = self.donext()
+                if token in ('(','{','['):
+                    level += 1
+                elif token in (']','}',')'):
+                    level -= 1
+                    if level == 0: break
+                elif level == 0:
+                    if token in (';','\n'): break
+                    assign += token
+        return "%s" % assign
+
+    def donext(self):
+        type, token, (lineno, indent), end, self.parserline = next(self.gen)
+        if lineno == self.curline:
+            #print('line found [%s] scope=%s' % (line.replace('\n',''),self.scope.name))
+            self.currentscope = self.scope
+        return (type, token, indent)
+
+    def _adjustvisibility(self):
+        newscope = Scope('result',0)
+        scp = self.currentscope
+        while scp != None:
+            if type(scp) == Function:
+                slice = 0
+                #Handle 'self' params
+                if scp.parent != None and type(scp.parent) == Class:
+                    slice = 1
+                    newscope.local('%s = %s' % (scp.params[0],scp.parent.name))
+                for p in scp.params[slice:]:
+                    i = p.find('=')
+                    if len(p) == 0: continue
+                    pvar = ''
+                    ptype = ''
+                    if i == -1:
+                        pvar = p
+                        ptype = '_PyCmplNoType()'
+                    else:
+                        pvar = p[:i]
+                        ptype = _sanitize(p[i+1:])
+                    if pvar.startswith('**'):
+                        pvar = pvar[2:]
+                        ptype = '{}'
+                    elif pvar.startswith('*'):
+                        pvar = pvar[1:]
+                        ptype = '[]'
+
+                    newscope.local('%s = %s' % (pvar,ptype))
+
+            for s in scp.subscopes:
+                ns = s.copy_decl(0)
+                newscope.add(ns)
+            for l in scp.locals: newscope.local(l)
+            scp = scp.parent
+
+        self.currentscope = newscope
+        return self.currentscope
+
+    #p.parse(vim.current.buffer[:],vim.eval("line('.')"))
+    def parse(self,text,curline=0):
+        self.curline = int(curline)
+        buf = io.StringIO(''.join(text) + '\n')
+        self.gen = tokenize.generate_tokens(buf.readline)
+        self.currentscope = self.scope
+
+        try:
+            freshscope=True
+            while True:
+                tokentype, token, indent = self.donext()
+                #dbg( 'main: token=[%s] indent=[%s]' % (token,indent))
+
+                if tokentype == DEDENT or token == "pass":
+                    self.scope = self.scope.pop(indent)
+                elif token == 'def':
+                    func = self._parsefunction(indent)
+                    if func is None:
+                        print("function: syntax error...")
+                        continue
+                    dbg("new scope: function")
+                    freshscope = True
+                    self.scope = self.scope.add(func)
+                elif token == 'class':
+                    cls = self._parseclass(indent)
+                    if cls is None:
+                        print("class: syntax error...")
+                        continue
+                    freshscope = True
+                    dbg("new scope: class")
+                    self.scope = self.scope.add(cls)
+                    
+                elif token == 'import':
+                    imports = self._parseimportlist()
+                    for mod, alias in imports:
+                        loc = "import %s" % mod
+                        if len(alias) > 0: loc += " as %s" % alias
+                        self.scope.local(loc)
+                    freshscope = False
+                elif token == 'from':
+                    mod, token = self._parsedotname()
+                    if not mod or token != "import":
+                        print("from: syntax error...")
+                        continue
+                    names = self._parseimportlist()
+                    for name, alias in names:
+                        loc = "from %s import %s" % (mod,name)
+                        if len(alias) > 0: loc += " as %s" % alias
+                        self.scope.local(loc)
+                    freshscope = False
+                elif tokentype == STRING:
+                    if freshscope: self.scope.doc(token)
+                elif tokentype == NAME:
+                    name,token = self._parsedotname(token) 
+                    if token == '=':
+                        stmt = self._parseassignment()
+                        dbg("parseassignment: %s = %s" % (name, stmt))
+                        if stmt != None:
+                            self.scope.local("%s = %s" % (name,stmt))
+                    freshscope = False
+        except StopIteration: #thrown on EOF
+            pass
+        except:
+            dbg("parse error: %s, %s @ %s" %
+                (sys.exc_info()[0], sys.exc_info()[1], self.parserline))
+        return self._adjustvisibility()
+
+def _sanitize(str):
+    val = ''
+    level = 0
+    for c in str:
+        if c in ('(','{','['):
+            level += 1
+        elif c in (']','}',')'):
+            level -= 1
+        elif level == 0:
+            val += c
+    return val
+
+sys.path.extend(['.','..'])
+PYTHONEOF
+endfunction
+
+call s:DefPython()

runtime/autoload/pythoncomplete.vim

@@ -1,17 +1,28 @@
 "pythoncomplete.vim - Omni Completion for python
 " Maintainer: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
-" Version: 0.7
+" Version: 0.9
-" Last Updated: 19 Oct 2006
+" Last Updated: 18 Jun 2009
 "
 " Changes
 " TODO:
-" User defined docstrings aren't handled right...
 " 'info' item output can use some formatting work
 " Add an "unsafe eval" mode, to allow for return type evaluation
 " Complete basic syntax along with import statements
 "   i.e. "import url<c-x,c-o>"
 " Continue parsing on invalid line??
 "
+" v 0.9
+"   * Fixed docstring parsing for classes and functions
+"   * Fixed parsing of *args and **kwargs type arguments
+"   * Better function param parsing to handle things like tuples and
+"     lambda defaults args
+"
+" v 0.8
+"   * Fixed an issue where the FIRST assignment was always used instead of
+"   using a subsequent assignment for a variable
+"   * Fixed a scoping issue when working inside a parameterless function
+"
+"
 " v 0.7
 "   * Fixed function list sorting (_ and __ at the bottom)
 "   * Removed newline removal from docs.  It appears vim handles these better in
@@ -63,7 +74,7 @@ function! pythoncomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
         while idx > 0
             let idx -= 1
             let c = line[idx]
-            if c =~ '\w' || c =~ '\.' || c == '('
+            if c =~ '\w' || c =~ '\.'
                 let cword = c . cword
                 continue
             elseif strlen(cword) > 0 || idx == 0
@@ -206,7 +217,7 @@ class Completer(object):
             if len(stmt) > 0 and stmt[-1] == '(':
                 result = eval(_sanitize(stmt[:-1]), self.compldict)
                 doc = result.__doc__
-                if doc == None: doc = ''
+                if doc is None: doc = ''
                 args = self.get_arguments(result)
                 return [{'word':self._cleanstr(args),'info':self._cleanstr(doc)}]
             elif ridx == -1:
@@ -223,18 +234,18 @@ class Completer(object):
 
             try: maindoc = result.__doc__
             except: maindoc = ' '
-            if maindoc == None: maindoc = ' '
+            if maindoc is None: maindoc = ' '
             for m in all:
                 if m == "_PyCmplNoType": continue #this is internal
                 try:
                     dbg('possible completion: %s' % m)
                     if m.find(match) == 0:
-                        if result == None: inst = all[m]
+                        if result is None: inst = all[m]
                         else: inst = getattr(result,m)
                         try: doc = inst.__doc__
                         except: doc = maindoc
                         typestr = str(inst)
-                        if doc == None or doc == '': doc = maindoc
+                        if doc is None or doc == '': doc = maindoc
 
                         wrd = m[len(match):]
                         c = {'word':wrd, 'abbr':m,  'info':self._cleanstr(doc)}
@@ -260,9 +271,9 @@ class Completer(object):
             return []
 
 class Scope(object):
-    def __init__(self,name,indent):
+    def __init__(self,name,indent,docstr=''):
         self.subscopes = []
-        self.docstr = ''
+        self.docstr = docstr
         self.locals = []
         self.parent = None
         self.name = name
@@ -281,29 +292,28 @@ class Scope(object):
         while d.find('  ') > -1: d = d.replace('  ',' ')
         while d[0] in '"\'\t ': d = d[1:]
         while d[-1] in '"\'\t ': d = d[:-1]
+        dbg("Scope(%s)::docstr = %s" % (self,d))
         self.docstr = d
 
     def local(self,loc):
-        if not self._hasvaralready(loc):
+        self._checkexisting(loc)
         self.locals.append(loc)
 
     def copy_decl(self,indent=0):
         """ Copy a scope's declaration only, at the specified indent level - not local variables """
-        return Scope(self.name,indent)
+        return Scope(self.name,indent,self.docstr)
 
-    def _hasvaralready(self,test):
+    def _checkexisting(self,test):
         "Convienance function... keep out duplicates"
         if test.find('=') > -1:
             var = test.split('=')[0].strip()
             for l in self.locals:
                 if l.find('=') > -1 and var == l.split('=')[0].strip():
-                    return True
+                    self.locals.remove(l)
-        return False
 
     def get_code(self):
-        # we need to start with this, to fix up broken completions
+        str = ""
-        # hopefully this name is unique enough...
+        if len(self.docstr) > 0: str += '"""'+self.docstr+'"""\n'
-        str = '"""'+self.docstr+'"""\n'
         for l in self.locals:
             if l.startswith('import'): str += l+'\n'
         str += 'class _PyCmplNoType:\n    def __getattr__(self,name):\n        return None\n'
@@ -330,11 +340,11 @@ class Scope(object):
         return '    '*(self.indent+1)
 
 class Class(Scope):
-    def __init__(self, name, supers, indent):
+    def __init__(self, name, supers, indent, docstr=''):
-        Scope.__init__(self,name,indent)
+        Scope.__init__(self,name,indent, docstr)
         self.supers = supers
     def copy_decl(self,indent=0):
-        c = Class(self.name,self.supers,indent)
+        c = Class(self.name,self.supers,indent, self.docstr)
         for s in self.subscopes:
             c.add(s.copy_decl(indent+1))
         return c
@@ -351,11 +361,11 @@ class Class(Scope):
 
 
 class Function(Scope):
-    def __init__(self, name, params, indent):
+    def __init__(self, name, params, indent, docstr=''):
-        Scope.__init__(self,name,indent)
+        Scope.__init__(self,name,indent, docstr)
         self.params = params
     def copy_decl(self,indent=0):
-        return Function(self.name,self.params,indent)
+        return Function(self.name,self.params,indent, self.docstr)
     def get_code(self):
         str = "%sdef %s(%s):\n" % \
             (self.currentindent(),self.name,','.join(self.params))
@@ -371,7 +381,7 @@ class PyParser:
     def _parsedotname(self,pre=None):
         #returns (dottedname, nexttoken)
         name = []
-        if pre == None:
+        if pre is None:
             tokentype, token, indent = self.next()
             if tokentype != NAME and token != '*':
                 return ('', token)
@@ -405,17 +415,20 @@ class PyParser:
         while True:
             tokentype, token, indent = self.next()
             if token in (')', ',') and level == 1:
-                names.append(name)
+                if '=' not in name: name = name.replace(' ', '')
+                names.append(name.strip())
                 name = ''
             if token == '(':
                 level += 1
+                name += "("
             elif token == ')':
                 level -= 1
                 if level == 0: break
+                else: name += ")"
             elif token == ',' and level == 1:
                 pass
             else:
-                name += str(token)
+                name += "%s " % str(token)
         return names
 
     def _parsefunction(self,indent):
@@ -495,16 +508,26 @@ class PyParser:
                 #Handle 'self' params
                 if scp.parent != None and type(scp.parent) == Class:
                     slice = 1
-                    p = scp.params[0]
-                    i = p.find('=')
-                    if i != -1: p = p[:i]
                     newscope.local('%s = %s' % (scp.params[0],scp.parent.name))
                 for p in scp.params[slice:]:
                     i = p.find('=')
+                    if len(p) == 0: continue
+                    pvar = ''
+                    ptype = ''
                     if i == -1:
-                        newscope.local('%s = _PyCmplNoType()' % p)
+                        pvar = p
+                        ptype = '_PyCmplNoType()'
                     else:
-                        newscope.local('%s = %s' % (p[:i],_sanitize(p[i+1])))
+                        pvar = p[:i]
+                        ptype = _sanitize(p[i+1:])
+                    if pvar.startswith('**'):
+                        pvar = pvar[2:]
+                        ptype = '{}'
+                    elif pvar.startswith('*'):
+                        pvar = pvar[1:]
+                        ptype = '[]'
+
+                    newscope.local('%s = %s' % (pvar,ptype))
 
             for s in scp.subscopes:
                 ns = s.copy_decl(0)
@@ -532,17 +555,19 @@ class PyParser:
                     self.scope = self.scope.pop(indent)
                 elif token == 'def':
                     func = self._parsefunction(indent)
-                    if func == None:
+                    if func is None:
                         print "function: syntax error..."
                         continue
+                    dbg("new scope: function")
                     freshscope = True
                     self.scope = self.scope.add(func)
                 elif token == 'class':
                     cls = self._parseclass(indent)
-                    if cls == None:
+                    if cls is None:
                         print "class: syntax error..."
                         continue
                     freshscope = True
+                    dbg("new scope: class")
                     self.scope = self.scope.add(cls)
                     
                 elif token == 'import':
@@ -569,6 +594,7 @@ class PyParser:
                     name,token = self._parsedotname(token) 
                     if token == '=':
                         stmt = self._parseassignment()
+                        dbg("parseassignment: %s = %s" % (name, stmt))
                         if stmt != None:
                             self.scope.local("%s = %s" % (name,stmt))
                     freshscope = False

runtime/autoload/rubycomplete.vim

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:             Ruby
 " Maintainer:           Mark Guzman <segfault@hasno.info>
-" Info:                 $Id$
+" Last Change:          2009 Sep 28
 " URL:                  http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
 " Anon CVS:             See above site
 " Release Coordinator:  Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Maintainer Version:   0.8
+" Maintainer Version:   0.8.1
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "
 " Ruby IRB/Complete author: Keiju ISHITSUKA(keiju@ishitsuka.com)
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
           ln = buf[x]
           if /^\s*(module|class|def|include)\s+/.match(ln)
             clscnt += 1 if $1 == "class"
-            #dprint "\$1: %s" % $1
+            #dprint "\$1$1
             classdef += "%s\n" % ln
             classdef += "end\n" if /def\s+/.match(ln)
             dprint ln
@@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
         methods = Object.constants
         methods.grep(/^#{receiver}/).collect{|e| "::" + e}
 
-      when /^(((::)?[A-Z][^:.\(]*)+)::?([^:.]*)$/ # Constant or class methods
+      when /^(((::)?[A-Z][^:.\(]*)+?)::?([^:.]*)$/ # Constant or class methods
         receiver = $1
         message = Regexp.quote($4)
         dprint "const or cls 2 [recv: \'%s\', msg: \'%s\']" % [ receiver, message ]
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
         dprint "global"
         methods = global_variables.grep(Regexp.new(Regexp.quote($1)))
 
-      when /^((\.?[^.]+)+)\.([^.]*)$/ # variable
+      when /^((\.?[^.]+)+?)\.([^.]*)$/ # variable
         dprint "variable"
         receiver = $1
         message = Regexp.quote($3)

runtime/autoload/spellfile.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim script to download a missing spell file
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2008 Jun 27
+" Last Change:	2008 Nov 29
 
 if !exists('g:spellfile_URL')
   " Prefer using http:// when netrw should be able to use it, since
@@ -39,20 +39,23 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
   let s:donedict[a:lang . &enc] = 1
 
   " Find spell directories we can write in.
-  let dirlist = []
+  let [dirlist, dirchoices] = spellfile#GetDirChoices()
-  let dirchoices = '&Cancel'
-  for dir in split(globpath(&rtp, 'spell'), "\n")
-    if filewritable(dir) == 2
-      call add(dirlist, dir)
-      let dirchoices .= "\n&" . len(dirlist)
-    endif
-  endfor
   if len(dirlist) == 0
-    if &verbose
+    let dir_to_create = spellfile#WritableSpellDir()
+    if &verbose || dir_to_create != ''
       echomsg 'spellfile#LoadFile(): There is no writable spell directory.'
     endif
+    if dir_to_create != ''
+      if confirm("Shall I create " . dir_to_create, "&Yes\n&No", 2) == 1
+	" After creating the directory it should show up in the list.
+	call mkdir(dir_to_create, "p")
+	let [dirlist, dirchoices] = spellfile#GetDirChoices()
+      endif
+    endif
+    if len(dirlist) == 0
       return
     endif
+  endif
 
   let msg = 'Cannot find spell file for "' . a:lang . '" in ' . &enc
   let msg .= "\nDo you want me to try downloading it?"
@@ -177,3 +180,29 @@ function! spellfile#Nread(fname)
     unlet g:netrw_use_errorwindow
   endif
 endfunc
+
+" Get a list of writable spell directories and choices for confirm().
+function! spellfile#GetDirChoices()
+  let dirlist = []
+  let dirchoices = '&Cancel'
+  for dir in split(globpath(&rtp, 'spell'), "\n")
+    if filewritable(dir) == 2
+      call add(dirlist, dir)
+      let dirchoices .= "\n&" . len(dirlist)
+    endif
+  endfor
+  return [dirlist, dirchoices]
+endfunc
+
+function! spellfile#WritableSpellDir()
+  if has("unix")
+    " For Unix always use the $HOME/.vim directory
+    return $HOME . "/.vim/spell"
+  endif
+  for dir in split(&rtp, ',')
+    if filewritable(dir) == 2
+      return dir . "/spell"
+    endif
+  endfor
+  return ''
+endfunction

runtime/autoload/sqlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,47 @@
 " Vim OMNI completion script for SQL
 " Language:    SQL
-" Maintainer:  David Fishburn <fishburn@ianywhere.com>
+" Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     6.0
+" Version:     10.0
-" Last Change: Thu 03 Apr 2008 10:37:54 PM Eastern Daylight Time
+" Last Change: 2010 Jun 11
 " Usage:       For detailed help
 "              ":help sql.txt" 
 "              or ":help ft-sql-omni" 
 "              or read $VIMRUNTIME/doc/sql.txt
 
+" History
+" Version 10.0
+"     Updated PreCacheSyntax() 
+"         - Now returns a List of the syntax items it finds.
+"           This allows other plugins / scripts to use this list for their own
+"           purposes.  In this case XPTemplate can use them for a Choose list.
+"         - Verifies the parameters are the correct type and displays a
+"           warning if not.
+"         - Verifies the parameters are the correct type and displays a
+"           warning if not.
+"     Updated SQLCWarningMsg() 
+"         - Prepends warning message with SQLComplete so you know who issued
+"           the warning.
+"     Updated SQLCErrorMsg() 
+"         - Prepends error message with SQLComplete so you know who issued
+"           the error.
+"     
+" Version 9.0
+"     This change removes some of the support for tables with spaces in their
+"     names in order to simplify the regexes used to pull out query table 
+"     aliases for more robust table name and column name code completion.
+"     Full support for "table names with spaces" can be added in again
+"     after 7.3.
+"
+" Version 8.0
+"     Incorrectly re-executed the g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right and g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left 
+"     when drilling in and out of a column list for a table.
+"
+" Version 7.0
+"     Better handling of object names
+"
+" Version 6.0
+"     Supports object names with spaces "my table name"
+"
 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
 " This check is in place in case this script is
 " sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature. 
@@ -22,7 +56,7 @@ endif
 if exists('g:loaded_sql_completion')
     finish 
 endif
-let g:loaded_sql_completion = 50
+let g:loaded_sql_completion = 100
 
 " Maintains filename of dictionary
 let s:sql_file_table        = ""
@@ -106,10 +140,23 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
             let begindot = 1
         endif
         while start > 0
-            if line[start - 1] =~ '\(\w\|\s\+\)'
+            " Additional code was required to handle objects which 
+            " can contain spaces like "my table name".
+            if line[start - 1] !~ '\(\w\|\.\)'
+                " If the previous character is not a period or word character
+                break
+            " elseif line[start - 1] =~ '\(\w\|\s\+\)'
+            "     let start -= 1
+            elseif line[start - 1] =~ '\w'
+                " If the previous character is word character continue back
                 let start -= 1
             elseif line[start - 1] =~ '\.' && 
                         \ compl_type =~ 'column\|table\|view\|procedure'
+                " If the previous character is a period and we are completing
+                " an object which can be specified with a period like this:
+                "     table_name.column_name
+                "     owner_name.table_name
+
                 " If lastword has already been set for column completion
                 " break from the loop, since we do not also want to pickup
                 " a table name if it was also supplied.
@@ -184,9 +231,10 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
         endif
 
         let compl_type_uc = substitute(compl_type, '\w\+', '\u&', '')
-        if s:sql_file_{compl_type} == ""
+        " Same call below, no need to do it twice
-            let s:sql_file_{compl_type} = DB_getDictionaryName(compl_type_uc)
+        " if s:sql_file_{compl_type} == ""
-        endif
+        "     let s:sql_file_{compl_type} = DB_getDictionaryName(compl_type_uc)
+        " endif
         let s:sql_file_{compl_type} = DB_getDictionaryName(compl_type_uc)
         if s:sql_file_{compl_type} != ""
             if filereadable(s:sql_file_{compl_type})
@@ -230,7 +278,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
             "    1.  Check if the dbext plugin has the option turned
             "        on to even allow owners
             "    2.  Based on 1, if the user is showing a table list
-            "        and the DrillIntoTable (using <C-Right>) then 
+            "        and the DrillIntoTable (using <Right>) then 
             "        this will be owner.table.  In this case, we can
             "        check to see the table.column exists in the 
             "        cached table list.  If it does, then we have
@@ -312,9 +360,16 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
     endif
 
     if base != ''
-        " Filter the list based on the first few characters the user
+        " Filter the list based on the first few characters the user entered.
-        " entered
+        " Check if the text matches at the beginning 
-        let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|\\([^.]*\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
+        " or 
+        " Match to a owner.table or alias.column type match
+        " or
+        " Handle names with spaces "my table name"
+        let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|^\\(\\w\\+\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
+        " let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\)"'
+        " let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|\\(\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
+        " let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|\\([^.]*\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
         let compl_list = filter(deepcopy(compl_list), expr)
     endif
 
@@ -327,7 +382,13 @@ endfunc
 
 function! sqlcomplete#PreCacheSyntax(...)
     let syn_group_arr = []
+    let syn_items     = []
+
     if a:0 > 0 
+        if type(a:1) != 3
+            call s:SQLCWarningMsg("Parameter is not a list. Example:['syntaxGroup1', 'syntaxGroup2']")
+            return ''
+        endif
         let syn_group_arr = a:1
     else
         let syn_group_arr = g:omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups
@@ -336,7 +397,36 @@ function! sqlcomplete#PreCacheSyntax(...)
     " the sytnax items.
     if !empty(syn_group_arr)
         for group_name in syn_group_arr
-            call s:SQLCGetSyntaxList(group_name)
+            let syn_items = extend( syn_items, s:SQLCGetSyntaxList(group_name) )
+        endfor
+    endif
+
+    return syn_items
+endfunction
+
+function! sqlcomplete#ResetCacheSyntax(...)
+    let syn_group_arr = []
+
+    if a:0 > 0 
+        if type(a:1) != 3
+            call s:SQLCWarningMsg("Parameter is not a list. Example:['syntaxGroup1', 'syntaxGroup2']")
+            return ''
+        endif
+        let syn_group_arr = a:1
+    else
+        let syn_group_arr = g:omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups
+    endif
+    " For each group specified in the list, precache all
+    " the sytnax items.
+    if !empty(syn_group_arr)
+        for group_name in syn_group_arr
+            let list_idx = index(s:syn_list, group_name, 0, &ignorecase)
+            if list_idx > -1
+                " Remove from list of groups
+                call remove( s:syn_list, list_idx )
+                " Remove from list of keywords
+                call remove( s:syn_value, list_idx )
+            endif
         endfor
     endif
 endfunction
@@ -363,13 +453,14 @@ function! sqlcomplete#DrillIntoTable()
         call sqlcomplete#Map('column')
         " C-Y, makes the currently highlighted entry active
         " and trigger the omni popup to be redisplayed
-        call feedkeys("\<C-Y>\<C-X>\<C-O>")
+        call feedkeys("\<C-Y>\<C-X>\<C-O>", 'n')
     else
-        if has('win32')
 	" If the popup is not visible, simple perform the normal
-            " <C-Right> behaviour
+	" key behaviour.
-            exec "normal! \<C-Right>"
+	" Must use exec since they key must be preceeded by "\"
-        endif
+	" or feedkeys will simply push each character of the string 
+	" rather than the "key press".
+        exec 'call feedkeys("\'.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right.'", "n")'
     endif
     return ""
 endfunction
@@ -381,24 +472,25 @@ function! sqlcomplete#DrillOutOfColumns()
         " Trigger the omni popup to be redisplayed
         call feedkeys("\<C-X>\<C-O>")
     else
-        if has('win32')
 	" If the popup is not visible, simple perform the normal
-            " <C-Left> behaviour
+	" key behaviour.
-            exec "normal! \<C-Left>"
+	" Must use exec since they key must be preceeded by "\"
-        endif
+	" or feedkeys will simply push each character of the string 
+	" rather than the "key press".
+        exec 'call feedkeys("\'.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left.'", "n")'
     endif
     return ""
 endfunction
 
 function! s:SQLCWarningMsg(msg)
     echohl WarningMsg
-    echomsg a:msg 
+    echomsg 'SQLComplete:'.a:msg 
     echohl None
 endfunction
       
 function! s:SQLCErrorMsg(msg)
     echohl ErrorMsg
-    echomsg a:msg 
+    echomsg 'SQLComplete:'.a:msg 
     echohl None
 endfunction
       
@@ -424,7 +516,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetSyntaxList(syn_group)
             let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = syn_group
         endif
         let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = ''
-        let syn_value                       = OmniSyntaxList()
+        let syn_value                       = syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
         let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = s:save_inc
         let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = s:save_exc
         " Cache these values for later use
@@ -582,7 +674,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
          " Search backwards to the beginning of the statement
          " and do NOT wrap
          " exec 'silent! normal! v?\<\(select\|update\|delete\|;\)\>'."\n".'"yy'
-         exec 'silent! normal! ?\<\(select\|update\|delete\|;\)\>'."\n"
+         exec 'silent! normal! ?\<\c\(select\|update\|delete\|;\)\>'."\n"
 
          " Start characterwise visual mode
          " Advance right one character
@@ -591,27 +683,38 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
          "     2.  A ; at the end of a line (the delimiter)
          "     3.  The end of the file (incase no delimiter)
          " Yank the visually selected text into the "y register.
-         exec 'silent! normal! vl/\(\<select\>\|\<update\>\|\<delete\>\|;\s*$\|\%$\)'."\n".'"yy'
+         exec 'silent! normal! vl/\c\(\<select\>\|\<update\>\|\<delete\>\|;\s*$\|\%$\)'."\n".'"yy'
 
          let query = @y
          let query = substitute(query, "\n", ' ', 'g')
          let found = 0
 
-         " if query =~? '^\(select\|update\|delete\)'
+         " if query =~? '^\c\(select\)'
-         if query =~? '^\(select\)'
+         if query =~? '^\(select\|update\|delete\)'
              let found = 1
              "  \(\(\<\w\+\>\)\.\)\?   - 
-             " 'from.\{-}'  - Starting at the from clause
+             " '\c\(from\|join\|,\).\{-}'  - Starting at the from clause (case insensitive)
              " '\zs\(\(\<\w\+\>\)\.\)\?' - Get the owner name (optional)
              " '\<\w\+\>\ze' - Get the table name 
              " '\s\+\<'.table_name.'\>' - Followed by the alias
              " '\s*\.\@!.*'  - Cannot be followed by a .
              " '\(\<where\>\|$\)' - Must be followed by a WHERE clause
              " '.*'  - Exclude the rest of the line in the match
+             " let table_name_new = matchstr(@y, 
+             "             \ '\c\(from\|join\|,\).\{-}'.
+             "             \ '\zs\(\("\|\[\)\?.\{-}\("\|\]\)\.\)\?'.
+             "             \ '\("\|\[\)\?.\{-}\("\|\]\)\?\ze'.
+             "             \ '\s\+\%(as\s\+\)\?\<'.
+             "             \ matchstr(table_name, '.\{-}\ze\.\?$').
+             "             \ '\>'.
+             "             \ '\s*\.\@!.*'.
+             "             \ '\(\<where\>\|$\)'.
+             "             \ '.*'
+             "             \ )
              let table_name_new = matchstr(@y, 
-                         \ 'from.\{-}'.
+                         \ '\c\(\<from\>\|\<join\>\|,\)\s*'.
-                         \ '\zs\(\("\|\[\)\?.\{-}\("\|\]\)\.\)\?'.
+                         \ '\zs\(\("\|\[\)\?\w\+\("\|\]\)\?\.\)\?'.
-                         \ '\("\|\[\)\?.\{-}\("\|\]\)\ze'.
+                         \ '\("\|\[\)\?\w\+\("\|\]\)\?\ze'.
                          \ '\s\+\%(as\s\+\)\?\<'.
                          \ matchstr(table_name, '.\{-}\ze\.\?$').
                          \ '\>'.
@@ -622,7 +725,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
 
              if table_name_new != ''
                  let table_alias = table_name
-                 let table_name  = table_name_new
+                 let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze' )
 
                  let list_idx = index(s:tbl_name, table_name, 0, &ignorecase)
                  if list_idx > -1
@@ -690,4 +793,3 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
 
     return table_cols
 endfunction
-

runtime/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,35 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:    All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
-" Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn.vim@gmail.com>
+" Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     4.0
+" Version:     7.0
-" Last Change: Fri 26 Oct 2007 05:27:03 PM Eastern Daylight Time
+" Last Change: 2010 Jul 29
 " Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni" 
 
+" History
+"
+" Version 7.0
+"     Updated syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
+"         - Looking up the syntax groups defined from a syntax file
+"           looked for only 1 format of {filetype}GroupName, but some 
+"           syntax writers use this format as well:
+"               {b:current_syntax}GroupName
+"           OmniSyntaxList() will now check for both if the first
+"           method does not find a match.
+"
+" Version 6.0
+"     Added syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
+"         - Allows other plugins to use this for their own 
+"           purposes.
+"         - It will return a List of all syntax items for the
+"           syntax group name passed in.  
+"         - XPTemplate for SQL will use this function via the 
+"           sqlcomplete plugin to populate a Choose box.
+"
+" Version 5.0
+"     Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
+"         - When processing a list of syntax groups, the final group
+"           was missed in function SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems.
+"
 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
 " This check is in place in case this script is
 " sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature. 
@@ -19,7 +44,7 @@ endif
 if exists('g:loaded_syntax_completion')
     finish 
 endif
-let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 40
+let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 70
 
 " Set ignorecase to the ftplugin standard
 " This is the default setting, but if you define a buffer local
@@ -123,7 +148,30 @@ function! syntaxcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
     return compl_list
 endfunc
 
-function! OmniSyntaxList()
+function! syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList(...)
+    if a:0 > 0
+        let parms = []
+        if 3 == type(a:1) 
+            let parms = a:1
+        elseif 1 == type(a:1)
+            let parms = split(a:1, ',')
+        endif
+        return OmniSyntaxList( parms )
+    else
+        return OmniSyntaxList()
+    endif
+endfunc
+
+function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
+    let list_parms = []
+    if a:0 > 0
+        if 3 == type(a:1) 
+            let list_parms = a:1
+        elseif 1 == type(a:1)
+            let list_parms = split(a:1, ',')
+        endif
+    endif
+
     " Default to returning a dictionary, if use_dictionary is set to 0
     " a list will be returned.
     " let use_dictionary = 1
@@ -152,6 +200,26 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList()
     endif
 
     let saveL = @l
+    let filetype = substitute(&filetype, '\.', '_', 'g')
+    
+    if empty(list_parms)
+        " Default the include group to include the requested syntax group
+        let syntax_group_include_{filetype} = ''
+        " Check if there are any overrides specified for this filetype
+        if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_'.filetype)
+            let syntax_group_include_{filetype} =
+                        \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype},'\s\+','','g') 
+            let list_parms = split(g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype}, ',')
+            if syntax_group_include_{filetype} =~ '\w'
+                let syntax_group_include_{filetype} = 
+                            \ substitute( syntax_group_include_{filetype}, 
+                            \ '\s*,\s*', '\\|', 'g'
+                            \ )
+            endif
+        endif
+    else
+        " A specific list was provided, use it
+    endif
 
     " Loop through all the syntax groupnames, and build a
     " syntax file which contains these names.  This can 
@@ -159,9 +227,13 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList()
     " have a plugin defined.
     " This ASSUMES the syntax groupname BEGINS with the name
     " of the filetype.  From my casual viewing of the vim7\syntax 
-    " directory.
+    " directory this is true for almost all syntax definitions.
+    " As an example, the SQL syntax groups have this pattern:
+    "     sqlType
+    "     sqlOperators
+    "     sqlKeyword ...
     redir @l
-    silent! exec 'syntax list '
+    silent! exec 'syntax list '.join(list_parms)
     redir END
 
     let syntax_full = "\n".@l
@@ -176,26 +248,17 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList()
 
     let filetype = substitute(&filetype, '\.', '_', 'g')
 
-    " Default the include group to include the requested syntax group
+    let list_exclude_groups = []
-    let syntax_group_include_{filetype} = ''
+    if a:0 > 0 
-    " Check if there are any overrides specified for this filetype
+        " Do nothing since we have specific a specific list of groups
-    if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_'.filetype)
+    else
-        let syntax_group_include_{filetype} =
-                    \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype},'\s\+','','g') 
-        if syntax_group_include_{filetype} =~ '\w'
-            let syntax_group_include_{filetype} = 
-                        \ substitute( syntax_group_include_{filetype}, 
-                        \ '\s*,\s*', '\\|', 'g'
-                        \ )
-        endif
-    endif
-
         " Default the exclude group to nothing
         let syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} = ''
         " Check if there are any overrides specified for this filetype
         if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_'.filetype)
             let syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =
                         \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype},'\s\+','','g') 
+            let list_exclude_groups = split(g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype}, ',')
             if syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =~ '\w' 
                 let syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} = 
                             \ substitute( syntax_group_exclude_{filetype}, 
@@ -203,6 +266,7 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList()
                             \ )
             endif
         endif
+    endif
 
     " Sometimes filetypes can be composite names, like c.doxygen
     " Loop through each individual part looking for the syntax
@@ -225,47 +289,51 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList()
         let index    = 0
         let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
 
+        if index == -1 && exists('b:current_syntax') && ft_part_name != b:current_syntax
+            " There appears to be two standards when writing syntax files.
+            " Either items begin as:
+            "     syn keyword {filetype}Keyword         values ...
+            "     let b:current_syntax = "sql"
+            "     let b:current_syntax = "sqlanywhere"
+            " Or
+            "     syn keyword {syntax_filename}Keyword  values ...
+            "     let b:current_syntax = "mysql"
+            " So, we will make the format of finding the syntax group names
+            " a bit more flexible and look for both if the first fails to 
+            " find a match.
+            let next_group_regex = '\n' .
+                        \ '\zs'.b:current_syntax.'\w\+\ze'.
+                        \ '\s\+xxx\s\+' 
+            let index    = 0
+            let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
+        endif
+
         while index > -1
             let group_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', index )
 
             let get_syn_list = 1
-            " if syntax_group_include_{&filetype} == ''
+            for exclude_group_name in list_exclude_groups
-            "     if syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} != ''
+                if '\<'.exclude_group_name.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
-            "         if '\<'.syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype}.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
-            "             let get_syn_list = 0
-            "         endif
-            "     endif
-            " else
-            "     if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{&filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
-            "         let get_syn_list = 0
-            "     endif
-            " endif
-            if syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} != ''
-                if '\<'.syntax_group_exclude_{filetype}.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
                     let get_syn_list = 0
                 endif
-            endif
+            endfor
         
-            if get_syn_list == 1
+            " This code is no longer needed in version 6.0 since we have
-                if syntax_group_include_{filetype} != ''
+            " augmented the syntax list command to only retrieve the syntax 
-                    if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+            " groups we are interested in.
-                        let get_syn_list = 0
+            "
-                    endif
+            " if get_syn_list == 1
-                endif
+            "     if syntax_group_include_{filetype} != ''
-            endif
+            "         if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+            "             let get_syn_list = 0
+            "         endif
+            "     endif
+            " endif
 
             if get_syn_list == 1
                 " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we 
                 " are interested in.
                 let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
-
-                " if !empty(extra_syn_list)
-                "     for elem in extra_syn_list
-                "         let item = {'word':elem, 'kind':'t', 'info':group_name}
-                "         let compl_list += [item]
-                "     endfor
-                " endif
-
                 let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
             endif
 
@@ -312,9 +380,13 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
     "     \zs          - start the match
     "     .\{-}        - everything ...
     "     \ze          - end the match
+    "     \(           - start a group or 2 potential matches
     "     \n\w         - at the first newline starting with a character
+    "     \|           - 2nd potential match
+    "     \%$          - matches end of the file or string
+    "     \)           - end a group
     let syntax_group = matchstr(a:syntax_full, 
-                \ "\n".a:group_name.'\s\+xxx\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze'."\n".'\w'
+                \ "\n".a:group_name.'\s\+xxx\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze\(\n\w\|\%$\)'
                 \ )
 
     if syntax_group != ""

runtime/autoload/tar.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:			Aug 08, 2008
+" Date:			Aug 09, 2010
-" Version:		23 + modifications by Bram
+" Version:		26
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 "
 "	Contains many ideas from Michael Toren's <tar.vim>
 "
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -16,19 +16,22 @@
 "               By using this plugin, you agree that in no event will the
 "               copyright holder be liable for any damages resulting from
 "               the use of this software.
-
+"     call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Load Once: {{{1
-let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar")
-set cpo&vim
-if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar") || v:version < 700
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_tar= "v23b"
+let g:loaded_tar= "v26"
-"call Decho("loading autoload/tar.vim")
+if v:version < 702
-if v:version < 701 || (v:version == 701 && !has("patch299"))
+ echohl WarningMsg
- echoerr "(autoload/tar.vim) need vim v7.1 with patchlevel 299"
+ echo "***warning*** this version of tar needs vim 7.2"
+ echohl Normal
+ finish
 endif
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+"call Decho("loading autoload/tar.vim")
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Default Settings: {{{1
@@ -44,7 +47,22 @@ endif
 if !exists("g:tar_writeoptions")
  let g:tar_writeoptions= "uf"
 endif
-
+if !exists("g:tar_copycmd")
+ if !exists("g:netrw_localcopycmd")
+  if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+   if g:netrw_cygwin
+    let g:netrw_localcopycmd= "cp"
+   else
+    let g:netrw_localcopycmd= "copy"
+   endif
+  elseif has("unix") || has("macunix")
+   let g:netrw_localcopycmd= "cp"
+  else
+   let g:netrw_localcopycmd= ""
+  endif
+ endif
+ let g:tar_copycmd= g:netrw_localcopycmd
+endif
 if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
  if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
   if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
@@ -56,6 +74,9 @@ if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
   let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
  endif
 endif
+if !exists("g:tar_extractcmd")
+ let g:tar_extractcmd= "tar -xf"
+endif
 
 " set up shell quoting character
 if !exists("g:tar_shq")
@@ -88,7 +109,6 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   if !executable(g:tar_cmd)
    redraw!
    echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system'
-"   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Browse")
    return
@@ -99,7 +119,6 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
     " if its an url, don't complain, let url-handlers such as vim do its thing
     redraw!
     echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Browse) File not readable<".a:tarfile.">" | echohl None
-"    call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    endif
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Browse : file<".a:tarfile."> not readable")
@@ -108,7 +127,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   if &ma != 1
    set ma
   endif
-  let w:tarfile= a:tarfile
+  let b:tarfile= a:tarfile
 
   setlocal noswapfile
   setlocal buftype=nofile
@@ -130,37 +149,41 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   let tarfile= a:tarfile
   if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
-   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".s:Escape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
+   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
   let curlast= line("$")
   if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
-"   call Decho("1: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
+"   call Decho("1: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp'
-"   call Decho("2: exe silent r! cat -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
+"   call Decho("2: exe silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! cat -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
-"   call Decho("3: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
+"   call Decho("3: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
+"   call Decho("3: exe silent r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
+   exe "silent r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
+"   call Decho("3: exe silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
+   exe "silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   else
    if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
-    " A file name starting with a dash may be taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
+    " A file name starting with a dash is taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
     let tarfile = substitute(tarfile, '-', './-', '')
    endif
-"   call Decho("4: exe silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".s:Escape(tarfile,1))
+"   call Decho("4: exe silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
-   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)
+   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,1)
   endif
   if v:shell_error != 0
    redraw!
    echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (tar#Browse) please check your g:tar_browseoptions<".g:tar_browseoptions.">"
-"   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
 "   call Dret("tar#Browse : a:tarfile<".a:tarfile.">")
    return
   endif
   if line("$") == curlast || ( line("$") == (curlast + 1) && getline("$") =~ '\c\%(warning\|error\|inappropriate\|unrecognized\)')
    redraw!
    echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (tar#Browse) ".a:tarfile." doesn't appear to be a tar file" | echohl None
-"   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    silent %d
    let eikeep= &ei
    set ei=BufReadCmd,FileReadCmd
@@ -175,13 +198,13 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   noremap <silent> <buffer> <cr> :call <SID>TarBrowseSelect()<cr>
 
   let &report= repkeep
-"  call Dret("tar#Browse : w:tarfile<".w:tarfile.">")
+"  call Dret("tar#Browse : b:tarfile<".b:tarfile.">")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " TarBrowseSelect: {{{2
 fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
-"  call Dfunc("TarBrowseSelect() w:tarfile<".w:tarfile."> curfile<".expand("%").">")
+"  call Dfunc("TarBrowseSelect() b:tarfile<".b:tarfile."> curfile<".expand("%").">")
   let repkeep= &report
   set report=10
   let fname= getline(".")
@@ -189,7 +212,7 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
 
   if !exists("g:tar_secure") && fname =~ '^\s*-\|\s\+-'
    redraw!
-   echohl WarningMsg | echo '***error*** (tar#BrowseSelect) rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"; See :help tar-options'
+   echohl WarningMsg | echo '***warning*** (tar#BrowseSelect) rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"'
 "   call Dret('tar#BrowseSelect : rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"')
    return
   endif
@@ -201,12 +224,12 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
    return
   endif
 
-  " about to make a new window, need to use w:tarfile
+  " about to make a new window, need to use b:tarfile
-  let tarfile= w:tarfile
+  let tarfile= b:tarfile
   let curfile= expand("%")
   if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
-   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".s:Escape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
+   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
 
   new
@@ -231,21 +254,27 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')
   if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
-   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".s:Escape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
+   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
 "  call Decho("tarfile<".tarfile.">")
 "  call Decho("fname<".fname.">")
 
-  if      fname =~ '\.gz$'  && executable("zcat")
+  if  fname =~ '\.bz2$' && executable("bzcat")
+   let decmp= "|bzcat"
+   let doro = 1
+  elseif      fname =~ '\.gz$'  && executable("zcat")
    let decmp= "|zcat"
    let doro = 1
-  elseif  fname =~ '\.bz2$' && executable("bzcat")
+  elseif  fname =~ '\.lzma$' && executable("lzcat")
-   let decmp= "|bzcat"
+   let decmp= "|lzcat"
+   let doro = 1
+  elseif  fname =~ '\.xz$' && executable("xzcat")
+   let decmp= "|xzcat"
    let doro = 1
   else
    let decmp=""
    let doro = 0
-   if fname =~ '\.gz$\|\.bz2$\|\.Z$\|\.zip$'
+   if fname =~ '\.bz2$\|\.gz$\|\.lzma$\|\.xz$\|\.zip$\|\.Z$'
     setlocal bin
    endif
   endif
@@ -255,22 +284,28 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   else
    let tar_secure= " "
   endif
-  if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
+  if tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
-"   call Decho("5: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd.' -'.g:tar_readoptions.' - '.tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,1))
+"   call Decho("7: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
+"   call Decho("5: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd.' -'.g:tar_readoptions.' - '.tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1))
+   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp$'
-"   call Decho("6: exe silent r! cat ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,1).decmp)
+"   call Decho("6: exe silent r! cat ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! cat -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
-  elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
-"   call Decho("7: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,1).decmp)
+"   call Decho("7: exe silent r! lzma -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "silent r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
+"   call Decho("3: exe silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
+   exe "silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   else
    if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
-    " A file name starting with a dash may be taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
+    " A file name starting with a dash is taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
     let tarfile = substitute(tarfile, '-', './-', '')
    endif
-"   call Decho("8: exe silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." "s:Escape(tarfile,1).tar_secure..s:Escape(fname,1).decmp)
+"   call Decho("8: exe silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions.tar_secure.shellescape(tarfile,1)." ".shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." ".s:Escape(tarfile,1).tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions.shellescape(tarfile,1)." ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   endif
 
   if doro
@@ -278,7 +313,7 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
    setlocal ro
   endif
 
-  let w:tarfile= a:fname
+  let b:tarfile= a:fname
   exe "file tarfile::".fnameescape(fname)
 
   " cleanup
@@ -286,19 +321,19 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   set nomod
 
   let &report= repkeep
-"  call Dret("tar#Read : w:tarfile<".w:tarfile.">")
+"  call Dret("tar#Read : b:tarfile<".b:tarfile.">")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " tar#Write: {{{2
 fun! tar#Write(fname)
-"  call Dfunc("tar#Write(fname<".a:fname.">) w:tarfile<".w:tarfile."> tblfile_".winnr()."<".s:tblfile_{winnr()}.">")
+"  call Dfunc("tar#Write(fname<".a:fname.">) b:tarfile<".b:tarfile."> tblfile_".winnr()."<".s:tblfile_{winnr()}.">")
   let repkeep= &report
   set report=10
 
   if !exists("g:tar_secure") && a:fname =~ '^\s*-\|\s\+-'
    redraw!
-   echohl WarningMsg | echo '***error*** (tar#Write) rejecting tarfile member<'.a:fname.'> because of embedded "-"; See :help tar-options'
+   echohl WarningMsg | echo '***warning*** (tar#Write) rejecting tarfile member<'.a:fname.'> because of embedded "-"'
 "   call Dret('tar#Write : rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"')
    return
   endif
@@ -307,7 +342,6 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   if !executable(g:tar_cmd)
    redraw!
    echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system'
-"   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
    return
@@ -315,7 +349,6 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   if !exists("*mkdir")
    redraw!
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, mkdir() doesn't work on your system" | echohl None
-"   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
    return
@@ -336,7 +369,6 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E344/
    redraw!
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) cannot cd to temporary directory" | Echohl None
-"   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
    return
@@ -351,25 +383,35 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   cd _ZIPVIM_
 "  call Decho("current directory now: ".getcwd())
 
-  let tarfile = substitute(w:tarfile,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\)::.*$','\1','')
+  let tarfile = substitute(b:tarfile,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\)::.*$','\1','')
-  let fname   = substitute(w:tarfile,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')
+  let fname   = substitute(b:tarfile,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')
 
   " handle compressed archives
-  if tarfile =~# '\.gz'
+  if tarfile =~# '\.bz2'
-   call system("gzip -d -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,0))
+   call system("bzip2 -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
+   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.bz2','','e')
+   let compress= "bzip2 -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
+"   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.gz'
+   call system("gzip -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
    let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.gz','','e')
-   let compress= "gzip -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,0)
+   let compress= "gzip -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
 "   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.tgz'
-   call system("gzip -d -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,0))
+   call system("gzip -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
    let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.tgz','.tar','e')
-   let compress= "gzip -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,0)
+   let compress= "gzip -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
    let tgz     = 1
 "   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
-  elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz2'
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.xz'
-   call system("bzip2 -d -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,0))
+   call system("xz -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
-   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.bz2','','e')
+   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.xz','','e')
-   let compress= "bzip2 -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,0)
+   let compress= "xz -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
+"   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma'
+   call system("lzma -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
+   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.lzma','','e')
+   let compress= "lzma -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
 "   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
   endif
 "  call Decho("tarfile<".tarfile.">")
@@ -377,7 +419,6 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   if v:shell_error != 0
    redraw!
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".tarfile." with ".fname | echohl None
-"   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
   else
 
 "   call Decho("tarfile<".tarfile."> fname<".fname.">")
@@ -385,7 +426,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    if fname =~ '/'
     let dirpath = substitute(fname,'/[^/]\+$','','e')
     if executable("cygpath")
-     let dirpath = substitute(system("cygpath ".s:Escape(dirpath, 0)),'\n','','e')
+     let dirpath = substitute(system("cygpath ".shellescape(dirpath, 0)),'\n','','e')
     endif
     call mkdir(dirpath,"p")
    endif
@@ -405,25 +446,23 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    endif
    exe "w! ".fnameescape(fname)
    if executable("cygpath")
-    let tarfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".s:Escape(tarfile,0)),'\n','','e')
+    let tarfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n','','e')
    endif
  
    " delete old file from tarfile
-"   call Decho("system(".g:tar_cmd." --delete -f ".s:Escape(tarfile,0)." -- ".s:Escape(fname,0).")")
+"   call Decho("system(".g:tar_cmd." --delete -f ".shellescape(tarfile,0)." -- ".shellescape(fname,0).")")
-   call system(g:tar_cmd." --delete -f ".s:Escape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,0))
+   call system(g:tar_cmd." --delete -f ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
    if v:shell_error != 0
     redraw!
     echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname) | echohl None
-"    call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    else
  
     " update tarfile with new file 
-"    call Decho(g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_writeoptions." ".s:Escape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,0))
+"    call Decho(g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_writeoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
-    call system(g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_writeoptions." ".s:Escape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,0))
+    call system(g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_writeoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
     if v:shell_error != 0
      redraw!
      echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname) | echohl None
-"     call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
     elseif exists("compress")
 "     call Decho("call system(".compress.")")
      call system(compress)
@@ -439,13 +478,13 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
 "    call Decho("handle writing <".tarfile."> across network to <".s:tblfile_{winnr()}.">")
     let tblfile= s:tblfile_{winnr()}
     1split|enew
-    let binkeep= &binary
+    let binkeep= &l:binary
     let eikeep = &ei
     set binary ei=all
     exe "e! ".fnameescape(tarfile)
     call netrw#NetWrite(tblfile)
     let &ei       = eikeep
-    let &binary = binkeep
+    let &l:binary = binkeep
     q!
     unlet s:tblfile_{winnr()}
    endif
@@ -462,38 +501,98 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" Rmdir: {{{2
+" s:Rmdir: {{{2
 fun! s:Rmdir(fname)
 "  call Dfunc("Rmdir(fname<".a:fname.">)")
   if has("unix")
-   call system("/bin/rm -rf -- ".s:Escape(a:fname,0))
+   call system("/bin/rm -rf -- ".shellescape(a:fname,0))
   elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
    if &shell =~? "sh$"
-    call system("/bin/rm -rf -- ".s:Escape(a:fname,0))
+    call system("/bin/rm -rf -- ".shellescape(a:fname,0))
    else
-    call system("del /S ".s:Escape(a:fname,0))
+    call system("del /S ".shellescape(a:fname,0))
    endif
   endif
 "  call Dret("Rmdir")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" s:Escape: {{{2
+" tar#Vimuntar: installs a tarball in the user's .vim / vimfiles directory {{{2
-fun s:Escape(name,isfilt)
+fun! tar#Vimuntar(...)
-  " shellescape() was added by patch 7.0.111
+"  call Dfunc("tar#Vimuntar() a:0=".a:0." a:1<".(exists("a:1")? a:1 : "-n/a-").">")
-  if exists("*shellescape")
+  let tarball = expand("%")
-   if a:isfilt
+"  call Decho("tarball<".tarball.">")
-    let qnameq= shellescape(a:name,1)
+  let tarbase = substitute(tarball,'\..*$','','')
+"  call Decho("tarbase<".tarbase.">")
+  let tarhome = expand("%:p")
+  if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+   let tarhome= substitute(tarhome,'\\','/','g')
+  endif
+  let tarhome= substitute(tarhome,'/[^/]*$','','')
+"  call Decho("tarhome<".tarhome.">")
+  let tartail = expand("%:t")
+"  call Decho("tartail<".tartail.">")
+  let curdir  = getcwd()
+"  call Decho("curdir <".curdir.">")
+  " set up vimhome
+  if a:0 > 0 && a:1 != ""
+   let vimhome= a:1
   else
-    let qnameq= shellescape(a:name)
+   let vimhome= vimball#VimballHome()
+  endif
+"  call Decho("vimhome<".vimhome.">")
+
+"  call Decho("curdir<".curdir."> vimhome<".vimhome.">")
+  if simplify(curdir) != simplify(vimhome)
+   " copy (possibly compressed) tarball to .vim/vimfiles
+"   call Decho(netrw#WinPath(g:tar_copycmd)." ".shellescape(tartail)." ".shellescape(vimhome))
+   call system(netrw#WinPath(g:tar_copycmd)." ".shellescape(tartail)." ".shellescape(vimhome))
+"   call Decho("exe cd ".fnameescape(vimhome))
+   exe "cd ".fnameescape(vimhome)
+  endif
+"  call Decho("getcwd<".getcwd().">")
+
+  " if necessary, decompress the tarball; then, extract it
+  if tartail =~ '\.tgz'
+   if executable("gunzip")
+    silent exe "!gunzip ".shellescape(tartail)
+   elseif executable("gzip")
+    silent exe "!gzip -d ".shellescape(tartail)
+   else
+    echoerr "unable to decompress<".tartail."> on this sytem"
+    if simplify(curdir) != simplify(tarhome)
+     " remove decompressed tarball, restore directory
+"     call Decho("delete(".tartail.".tar)")
+     call delete(tartail.".tar")
+"     call Decho("exe cd ".fnameescape(curdir))
+     exe "cd ".fnameescape(curdir)
+    endif
+"    call Dret("tar#Vimuntar")
+    return
    endif
   else
-   let qnameq= g:tar_shq . a:name . g:tar_shq
+   call vimball#Decompress(tartail,0)
   endif
-  return qnameq
+  let extractcmd= netrw#WinPath(g:tar_extractcmd)
+"  call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase.".tar").")")
+  call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase.".tar"))
+
+  " set up help
+  if filereadable("doc/".tarbase.".txt")
+"   call Decho("exe helptags ".getcwd()."/doc")
+   exe "helptags ".getcwd()."/doc"
+  endif
+
+  if simplify(tarhome) != simplify(vimhome)
+   " remove decompressed tarball, restore directory
+   call delete(vimhome."/".tarbase.".tar")
+   exe "cd ".fnameescape(curdir)
+  endif
+
+"  call Dret("tar#Vimuntar")
 endfun
 
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" =====================================================================
 " Modelines And Restoration: {{{1
 let &cpo= s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,743 @@
+" Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
+" Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2011 Jan 05
+"
+" Additional contributors:
+"
+"	      Original by Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+"	      Diff2HTML() added by Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
+"
+"	      See Mercurial change logs for more!
+
+" this file uses line continuations
+let s:cpo_sav = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+" Automatically find charsets from all encodings supported natively by Vim. With
+" the 8bit- and 2byte- prefixes, Vim can actually support more encodings than
+" this. Let the user specify these however since they won't be supported on
+" every system. TODO: how? g:html_charsets and g:html_encodings?
+"
+" Note, not all of Vim's supported encodings have a charset to use.
+"
+" Names in this list are from:
+"   http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets
+" g:tohtml#encoding_to_charset: {{{
+let g:tohtml#encoding_to_charset = {
+      \ 'latin1' : 'ISO-8859-1',
+      \ 'iso-8859-2' : 'ISO-8859-2',
+      \ 'iso-8859-3' : 'ISO-8859-3',
+      \ 'iso-8859-4' : 'ISO-8859-4',
+      \ 'iso-8859-5' : 'ISO-8859-5',
+      \ 'iso-8859-6' : 'ISO-8859-6',
+      \ 'iso-8859-7' : 'ISO-8859-7',
+      \ 'iso-8859-8' : 'ISO-8859-8',
+      \ 'iso-8859-9' : 'ISO-8859-9',
+      \ 'iso-8859-10' : '',
+      \ 'iso-8859-13' : 'ISO-8859-13',
+      \ 'iso-8859-14' : '',
+      \ 'iso-8859-15' : 'ISO-8859-15',
+      \ 'koi8-r' : 'KOI8-R',
+      \ 'koi8-u' : 'KOI8-U',
+      \ 'macroman' : 'macintosh',
+      \ 'cp437' : '',
+      \ 'cp775' : '',
+      \ 'cp850' : '',
+      \ 'cp852' : '',
+      \ 'cp855' : '',
+      \ 'cp857' : '',
+      \ 'cp860' : '',
+      \ 'cp861' : '',
+      \ 'cp862' : '',
+      \ 'cp863' : '',
+      \ 'cp865' : '',
+      \ 'cp866' : 'IBM866',
+      \ 'cp869' : '',
+      \ 'cp874' : '',
+      \ 'cp1250' : 'windows-1250',
+      \ 'cp1251' : 'windows-1251',
+      \ 'cp1253' : 'windows-1253',
+      \ 'cp1254' : 'windows-1254',
+      \ 'cp1255' : 'windows-1255',
+      \ 'cp1256' : 'windows-1256',
+      \ 'cp1257' : 'windows-1257',
+      \ 'cp1258' : 'windows-1258',
+      \ 'euc-jp' : 'EUC-JP',
+      \ 'sjis' : 'Shift_JIS',
+      \ 'cp932' : 'Shift_JIS',
+      \ 'cp949' : '',
+      \ 'euc-kr' : 'EUC-KR',
+      \ 'cp936' : 'GBK',
+      \ 'euc-cn' : 'GB2312',
+      \ 'big5' : 'Big5',
+      \ 'cp950' : 'Big5',
+      \ 'utf-8' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'ucs-2' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'ucs-2le' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'utf-16' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'utf-16le' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'ucs-4' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'ucs-4le' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ }
+lockvar g:tohtml#encoding_to_charset
+" Notes:
+"   1. All UCS/UTF are converted to UTF-8 because it is much better supported
+"   2. Any blank spaces are there because Vim supports it but at least one major
+"      web browser does not according to http://wiki.whatwg.org/wiki/Web_Encodings.
+" }}}
+
+" Only automatically find encodings supported natively by Vim, let the user
+" specify the encoding if it's not natively supported. This function is only
+" used when the user specifies the charset, they better know what they are
+" doing!
+"
+" Names in this list are from:
+"   http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets
+" g:tohtml#charset_to_encoding: {{{
+let g:tohtml#charset_to_encoding = {
+      \ 'iso_8859-1:1987' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'iso-ir-100' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'iso_8859-1' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'iso-8859-1' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'latin1' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'l1' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'ibm819' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'cp819' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'csisolatin1' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'iso_8859-2:1987' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'iso-ir-101' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'iso_8859-2' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'iso-8859-2' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'latin2' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'l2' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'csisolatin2' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'iso_8859-3:1988' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'iso-ir-109' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'iso_8859-3' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'iso-8859-3' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'latin3' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'l3' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'csisolatin3' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'iso_8859-4:1988' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'iso-ir-110' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'iso_8859-4' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'iso-8859-4' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'latin4' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'l4' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'csisolatin4' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'iso_8859-5:1988' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'iso-ir-144' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'iso_8859-5' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'iso-8859-5' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'cyrillic' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'csisolatincyrillic' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'iso_8859-6:1987' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'iso-ir-127' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'iso_8859-6' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'iso-8859-6' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'ecma-114' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'asmo-708' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'arabic' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'csisolatinarabic' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'iso_8859-7:1987' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'iso-ir-126' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'iso_8859-7' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'iso-8859-7' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'elot_928' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'ecma-118' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'greek' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'greek8' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'csisolatingreek' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'iso_8859-8:1988' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'iso-ir-138' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'iso_8859-8' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'iso-8859-8' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'hebrew' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'csisolatinhebrew' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'iso_8859-9:1989' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'iso-ir-148' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'iso_8859-9' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'iso-8859-9' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'latin5' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'l5' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'csisolatin5' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'iso-8859-10' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'iso-ir-157' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'l6' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'iso_8859-10:1992' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'csisolatin6' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'latin6' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'iso-8859-13' : 'iso-8859-13',
+      \ 'iso-8859-14' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'iso-ir-199' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'iso_8859-14:1998' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'iso_8859-14' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'latin8' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'iso-celtic' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'l8' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'iso-8859-15' : 'iso-8859-15',
+      \ 'iso_8859-15' : 'iso-8859-15',
+      \ 'latin-9' : 'iso-8859-15',
+      \ 'koi8-r' : 'koi8-r',
+      \ 'cskoi8r' : 'koi8-r',
+      \ 'koi8-u' : 'koi8-u',
+      \ 'macintosh' : 'macroman',
+      \ 'mac' : 'macroman',
+      \ 'csmacintosh' : 'macroman',
+      \ 'ibm437' : 'cp437',
+      \ 'cp437' : 'cp437',
+      \ '437' : 'cp437',
+      \ 'cspc8codepage437' : 'cp437',
+      \ 'ibm775' : 'cp775',
+      \ 'cp775' : 'cp775',
+      \ 'cspc775baltic' : 'cp775',
+      \ 'ibm850' : 'cp850',
+      \ 'cp850' : 'cp850',
+      \ '850' : 'cp850',
+      \ 'cspc850multilingual' : 'cp850',
+      \ 'ibm852' : 'cp852',
+      \ 'cp852' : 'cp852',
+      \ '852' : 'cp852',
+      \ 'cspcp852' : 'cp852',
+      \ 'ibm855' : 'cp855',
+      \ 'cp855' : 'cp855',
+      \ '855' : 'cp855',
+      \ 'csibm855' : 'cp855',
+      \ 'ibm857' : 'cp857',
+      \ 'cp857' : 'cp857',
+      \ '857' : 'cp857',
+      \ 'csibm857' : 'cp857',
+      \ 'ibm860' : 'cp860',
+      \ 'cp860' : 'cp860',
+      \ '860' : 'cp860',
+      \ 'csibm860' : 'cp860',
+      \ 'ibm861' : 'cp861',
+      \ 'cp861' : 'cp861',
+      \ '861' : 'cp861',
+      \ 'cp-is' : 'cp861',
+      \ 'csibm861' : 'cp861',
+      \ 'ibm862' : 'cp862',
+      \ 'cp862' : 'cp862',
+      \ '862' : 'cp862',
+      \ 'cspc862latinhebrew' : 'cp862',
+      \ 'ibm863' : 'cp863',
+      \ 'cp863' : 'cp863',
+      \ '863' : 'cp863',
+      \ 'csibm863' : 'cp863',
+      \ 'ibm865' : 'cp865',
+      \ 'cp865' : 'cp865',
+      \ '865' : 'cp865',
+      \ 'csibm865' : 'cp865',
+      \ 'ibm866' : 'cp866',
+      \ 'cp866' : 'cp866',
+      \ '866' : 'cp866',
+      \ 'csibm866' : 'cp866',
+      \ 'ibm869' : 'cp869',
+      \ 'cp869' : 'cp869',
+      \ '869' : 'cp869',
+      \ 'cp-gr' : 'cp869',
+      \ 'csibm869' : 'cp869',
+      \ 'windows-1250' : 'cp1250',
+      \ 'windows-1251' : 'cp1251',
+      \ 'windows-1253' : 'cp1253',
+      \ 'windows-1254' : 'cp1254',
+      \ 'windows-1255' : 'cp1255',
+      \ 'windows-1256' : 'cp1256',
+      \ 'windows-1257' : 'cp1257',
+      \ 'windows-1258' : 'cp1258',
+      \ 'extended_unix_code_packed_format_for_japanese' : 'euc-jp',
+      \ 'cseucpkdfmtjapanese' : 'euc-jp',
+      \ 'euc-jp' : 'euc-jp',
+      \ 'shift_jis' : 'sjis',
+      \ 'ms_kanji' : 'sjis',
+      \ 'sjis' : 'sjis',
+      \ 'csshiftjis' : 'sjis',
+      \ 'ibm-thai' : 'cp874',
+      \ 'csibmthai' : 'cp874',
+      \ 'ks_c_5601-1987' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'iso-ir-149' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'ks_c_5601-1989' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'ksc_5601' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'korean' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'csksc56011987' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'euc-kr' : 'euc-kr',
+      \ 'cseuckr' : 'euc-kr',
+      \ 'gbk' : 'cp936',
+      \ 'cp936' : 'cp936',
+      \ 'ms936' : 'cp936',
+      \ 'windows-936' : 'cp936',
+      \ 'gb_2312-80' : 'euc-cn',
+      \ 'iso-ir-58' : 'euc-cn',
+      \ 'chinese' : 'euc-cn',
+      \ 'csiso58gb231280' : 'euc-cn',
+      \ 'big5' : 'big5',
+      \ 'csbig5' : 'big5',
+      \ 'utf-8' : 'utf-8',
+      \ 'iso-10646-ucs-2' : 'ucs-2',
+      \ 'csunicode' : 'ucs-2',
+      \ 'utf-16' : 'utf-16',
+      \ 'utf-16be' : 'utf-16',
+      \ 'utf-16le' : 'utf-16le',
+      \ 'utf-32' : 'ucs-4',
+      \ 'utf-32be' : 'ucs-4',
+      \ 'utf-32le' : 'ucs-4le',
+      \ 'iso-10646-ucs-4' : 'ucs-4',
+      \ 'csucs4' : 'ucs-4'
+      \ }
+lockvar g:tohtml#charset_to_encoding
+"}}}
+
+func! tohtml#Convert2HTML(line1, line2) "{{{
+  let s:settings = tohtml#GetUserSettings()
+
+  if !&diff || s:settings.diff_one_file "{{{
+    if a:line2 >= a:line1
+      let g:html_start_line = a:line1
+      let g:html_end_line = a:line2
+    else
+      let g:html_start_line = a:line2
+      let g:html_end_line = a:line1
+    endif
+    runtime syntax/2html.vim "}}}
+  else "{{{
+    let win_list = []
+    let buf_list = []
+    windo | if &diff | call add(win_list, winbufnr(0)) | endif
+    let s:settings.whole_filler = 1
+    let g:html_diff_win_num = 0
+    for window in win_list
+      " switch to the next buffer to convert
+      exe ":" . bufwinnr(window) . "wincmd w"
+
+      " figure out whether current charset and encoding will work, if not
+      " default to UTF-8
+      if !exists('g:html_use_encoding') &&
+	    \ (&l:fileencoding!='' && &l:fileencoding!=s:settings.vim_encoding ||
+	    \  &l:fileencoding=='' &&       &encoding!=s:settings.vim_encoding)
+	echohl WarningMsg
+	echomsg "TOhtml: mismatched file encodings in Diff buffers, using UTF-8"
+	echohl None
+	let s:settings.vim_encoding = 'utf-8'
+	let s:settings.encoding = 'UTF-8'
+      endif
+
+      " set up for diff-mode conversion
+      let g:html_start_line = 1
+      let g:html_end_line = line('$')
+      let g:html_diff_win_num += 1
+
+      " convert this file
+      runtime syntax/2html.vim
+
+      " remember the HTML buffer for later combination
+      call add(buf_list, bufnr('%'))
+    endfor
+    unlet g:html_diff_win_num
+    call tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
+  endif "}}}
+
+  unlet g:html_start_line
+  unlet g:html_end_line
+  unlet s:settings
+endfunc "}}}
+
+func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
+  let xml_line = ""
+  let tag_close = '>'
+
+  let s:old_paste = &paste
+  set paste
+  let s:old_magic = &magic
+  set magic
+
+  if s:settings.use_xhtml
+    if s:settings.encoding != ""
+      let xml_line = "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"" . s:settings.encoding . "\"?>"
+    else
+      let xml_line = "<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>"
+    endif
+    let tag_close = ' />'
+  endif
+
+  let style = [s:settings.use_xhtml ? "" : '-->']
+  let body_line = ''
+
+  let html = []
+  if s:settings.use_xhtml
+    call add(html, xml_line)
+  endif
+  if s:settings.use_xhtml
+    call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\">")
+    call add(html, '<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">')
+  elseif s:settings.use_css && !s:settings.no_pre
+    call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd\">")
+    call add(html, '<html>')
+  else
+    call add(html, '<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"')
+    call add(html, '  "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">')
+    call add(html, '<html>')
+  endif
+  call add(html, '<head>')
+
+  " include encoding as close to the top as possible, but only if not already
+  " contained in XML information
+  if s:settings.encoding != "" && !s:settings.use_xhtml
+    call add(html, "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=" . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+  endif
+
+  call add(html, '<title>diff</title>')
+  call add(html, '<meta name="Generator" content="Vim/'.v:version/100.'.'.v:version%100.'"'.tag_close)
+  call add(html, '<meta name="plugin-version" content="'.g:loaded_2html_plugin.'"'.tag_close)
+  call add(html, '<meta name="settings" content="'.
+	\ join(filter(keys(s:settings),'s:settings[v:val]'),',').
+	\ '"'.tag_close)
+
+  call add(html, '</head>')
+  let body_line_num = len(html)
+  call add(html, '<body>')
+  call add(html, '<table border="1" width="100%">')
+
+  call add(html, '<tr>')
+  for buf in a:win_list
+    call add(html, '<th>'.bufname(buf).'</th>')
+  endfor
+  call add(html, '</tr><tr>')
+
+  let diff_style_start = 0
+  let insert_index = 0
+
+  for buf in a:buf_list
+    let temp = []
+    exe bufwinnr(buf) . 'wincmd w'
+
+    " If text is folded because of user foldmethod settings, etc. we don't want
+    " to act on everything in a fold by mistake.
+    setlocal nofoldenable
+
+    " When not using CSS or when using xhtml, the <body> line can be important.
+    " Assume it will be the same for all buffers and grab it from the first
+    " buffer. Similarly, need to grab the body end line as well.
+    if body_line == ''
+      1
+      call search('<body')
+      let body_line = getline('.')
+      $
+      call search('</body>', 'b')
+      let s:body_end_line = getline('.')
+    endif
+
+    " Grab the style information. Some of this will be duplicated so only insert
+    " it if it's not already there. {{{
+    1
+    let style_start = search('^<style type="text/css">')
+    1
+    let style_end = search('^</style>')
+    if style_start > 0 && style_end > 0
+      let buf_styles = getline(style_start + 1, style_end - 1)
+      for a_style in buf_styles
+	if index(style, a_style) == -1
+	  if diff_style_start == 0
+	    if a_style =~ '\<Diff\(Change\|Text\|Add\|Delete\)'
+	      let diff_style_start = len(style)-1
+	    endif
+	  endif
+	  call insert(style, a_style, insert_index)
+	  let insert_index += 1
+	endif
+      endfor
+    endif " }}}
+
+    " everything new will get added before the diff styles so diff highlight
+    " properly overrides normal highlight
+    if diff_style_start != 0
+      let insert_index = diff_style_start
+    endif
+
+    " Delete those parts that are not needed so
+    " we can include the rest into the resulting table
+    1,/^<body/d_
+    $
+    ?</body>?,$d_
+    let temp = getline(1,'$')
+    " undo deletion of start and end part
+    " so we can later save the file as valid html
+    " TODO: restore using grabbed lines if undolevel is 1?
+    normal 2u
+    if s:settings.use_css
+      call add(html, '<td valign="top"><div>')
+    elseif s:settings.use_xhtml
+      call add(html, '<td nowrap="nowrap" valign="top"><div>')
+    else
+      call add(html, '<td nowrap valign="top"><div>')
+    endif
+    let html += temp
+    call add(html, '</div></td>')
+
+    " Close this buffer
+    " TODO: the comment above says we're going to allow saving the file
+    " later...but here we discard it?
+    quit!
+  endfor
+
+  let html[body_line_num] = body_line
+
+  call add(html, '</tr>')
+  call add(html, '</table>')
+  call add(html, s:body_end_line)
+  call add(html, '</html>')
+
+  let i = 1
+  let name = "Diff" . (s:settings.use_xhtml ? ".xhtml" : ".html")
+  " Find an unused file name if current file name is already in use
+  while filereadable(name)
+    let name = substitute(name, '\d*\.x\?html$', '', '') . i . '.' . fnamemodify(copy(name), ":t:e")
+    let i += 1
+  endwhile
+  exe "topleft new " . name
+  setlocal modifiable
+
+  " just in case some user autocmd creates content in the new buffer, make sure
+  " it is empty before proceeding
+  %d
+
+  " set the fileencoding to match the charset we'll be using
+  let &l:fileencoding=s:settings.vim_encoding
+
+  " According to http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/charset.html#doc-char-set, the byte
+  " order mark is highly recommend on the web when using multibyte encodings. But,
+  " it is not a good idea to include it on UTF-8 files. Otherwise, let Vim
+  " determine when it is actually inserted.
+  if s:settings.vim_encoding == 'utf-8'
+    setlocal nobomb
+  else
+    setlocal bomb
+  endif
+
+  call append(0, html)
+
+  if len(style) > 0
+    1
+    let style_start = search('^</head>')-1
+
+    " Insert javascript to toggle matching folds open and closed in all windows,
+    " if dynamic folding is active. {{{
+    if s:settings.dynamic_folds
+      call append(style_start, [
+	    \  "<script type='text/javascript'>",
+	    \  s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "  <!--",
+	    \  "  function toggleFold(objID)",
+	    \  "  {",
+	    \  "    for (win_num = 1; win_num <= ".len(a:buf_list)."; win_num++)",
+	    \  "    {",
+	    \  "      var fold;",
+	    \  '      fold = document.getElementById("win"+win_num+objID);',
+	    \  "      if(fold.className == 'closed-fold')",
+	    \  "      {",
+	    \  "        fold.className = 'open-fold';",
+	    \  "      }",
+	    \  "      else if (fold.className == 'open-fold')",
+	    \  "      {",
+	    \  "        fold.className = 'closed-fold';",
+	    \  "      }",
+	    \  "    }",
+	    \  "  }",
+	    \  s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : "  -->",
+	    \  "</script>"
+	    \ ])
+    endif "}}}
+
+    " Insert styles from all the generated html documents and additional styles
+    " for the table-based layout of the side-by-side diff. The diff should take
+    " up the full browser window (but not more), and be static in size,
+    " horizontally scrollable when the lines are too long. Otherwise, the diff
+    " is pretty useless for really long lines. {{{
+    if s:settings.use_css
+      call append(style_start,
+	    \ ['<style type="text/css">']+
+	    \ style+
+	    \ [ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '<!--',
+	    \   'table { table-layout: fixed; }',
+	    \   'html, body, table, tbody { width: 100%; margin: 0; padding: 0; }',
+	    \   'th, td { width: '.printf("%.1f",100.0/len(a:win_list)).'%; }',
+	    \   'td div { overflow: auto; }',
+	    \   s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '-->',
+	    \   '</style>'
+	    \])
+    endif "}}}
+  endif
+
+  let &paste = s:old_paste
+  let &magic = s:old_magic
+endfunc "}}}
+
+" Gets a single user option and sets it in the passed-in Dict, or gives it the
+" default value if the option doesn't actually exist.
+func! tohtml#GetOption(settings, option, default) "{{{
+  if exists('g:html_'.a:option)
+    let a:settings[a:option] = g:html_{a:option}
+  else
+    let a:settings[a:option] = a:default
+  endif
+endfunc "}}}
+
+" returns a Dict containing the values of all user options for 2html, including
+" default values for those not given an explicit value by the user. Discards the
+" html_ prefix of the option for nicer looking code.
+func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
+  if exists('s:settings')
+    " just restore the known options if we've already retrieved them
+    return s:settings
+  else
+    " otherwise figure out which options are set
+    let user_settings = {}
+
+    " Define the correct option if the old option name exists and we haven't
+    " already defined the correct one. Maybe I'll put out a warnig message about
+    " this sometime and remove the old option entirely at some even later time,
+    " but for now just silently accept the old option.
+    if exists('g:use_xhtml') && !exists("g:html_use_xhtml")
+      let g:html_use_xhtml = g:use_xhtml
+    endif
+
+    " get current option settings with appropriate defaults {{{
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'no_progress', !has("statusline") )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'diff_one_file', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'number_lines', &number )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,        'use_css', 1 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_conceal', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_folding', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'dynamic_folds', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'no_foldcolumn', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'hover_unfold', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'no_pre', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'whole_filler', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'use_xhtml', 0 )
+    " }}}
+    
+    " override those settings that need it {{{
+
+    " hover opening implies dynamic folding
+    if user_settings.hover_unfold
+      let user_settings.dynamic_folds = 1
+    endif
+
+    " ignore folding overrides dynamic folding
+    if user_settings.ignore_folding && user_settings.dynamic_folds
+      let user_settings.dynamic_folds = 0
+      let user_settings.hover_unfold = 0
+    endif
+
+    " dynamic folding with no foldcolumn implies hover opens
+    if user_settings.dynamic_folds && user_settings.no_foldcolumn
+      let user_settings.hover_unfold = 1
+    endif
+
+    " dynamic folding implies css
+    if user_settings.dynamic_folds
+      let user_settings.use_css = 1
+    endif
+
+    " if we're not using CSS we cannot use a pre section because <font> tags
+    " aren't allowed inside a <pre> block
+    if !user_settings.use_css
+      let user_settings.no_pre = 1
+    endif "}}}
+
+    " set up expand_tabs option after all the overrides so we know the
+    " appropriate defaults {{{
+    if user_settings.no_pre == 0
+      call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,
+	    \ 'expand_tabs',
+	    \ &expandtab || &ts != 8 || user_settings.number_lines ||
+	    \   (user_settings.dynamic_folds && !user_settings.no_foldcolumn))
+    else
+      let user_settings.expand_tabs = 1
+    endif
+    " }}}
+
+    if exists("g:html_use_encoding") "{{{
+      " user specified the desired MIME charset, figure out proper
+      " 'fileencoding' from it or warn the user if we cannot
+      let user_settings.encoding = g:html_use_encoding
+      let user_settings.vim_encoding = tohtml#EncodingFromCharset(g:html_use_encoding)
+      if user_settings.vim_encoding == ''
+	echohl WarningMsg
+	echomsg "TOhtml: file encoding for"
+	      \ g:html_use_encoding
+	      \ "unknown, please set 'fileencoding'"
+	echohl None
+      endif
+    else
+      " Figure out proper MIME charset from 'fileencoding' if possible
+      if &l:fileencoding != ''
+	let user_settings.vim_encoding = &l:fileencoding
+	call tohtml#CharsetFromEncoding(user_settings)
+      endif
+
+      " else from 'encoding' if possible
+      if &l:fileencoding == '' || user_settings.encoding == ''
+	let user_settings.vim_encoding = &encoding
+	call tohtml#CharsetFromEncoding(user_settings)
+      endif
+
+      " else default to UTF-8 and warn user
+      if user_settings.encoding == ''
+	let user_settings.vim_encoding = 'utf-8'
+	let user_settings.encoding = 'UTF-8'
+	echohl WarningMsg
+	echomsg "TOhtml: couldn't determine MIME charset, using UTF-8"
+	echohl None
+      endif
+    endif "}}}
+
+    " TODO: font
+
+    return user_settings
+  endif
+endfunc "}}}
+
+" get the proper HTML charset name from a Vim encoding option.
+function! tohtml#CharsetFromEncoding(settings) "{{{
+  let l:vim_encoding = a:settings.vim_encoding
+  if exists('g:html_charset_override') && has_key(g:html_charset_override, l:vim_encoding)
+    let a:settings.encoding = g:html_charset_override[l:vim_encoding]
+  else
+    if l:vim_encoding =~ '^8bit\|^2byte'
+      " 8bit- and 2byte- prefixes are to indicate encodings available on the
+      " system that Vim will convert with iconv(), look up just the encoding name,
+      " not Vim's prefix.
+      let l:vim_encoding = substitute(l:vim_encoding, '^8bit-\|^2byte-', '', '')
+    endif
+    if has_key(g:tohtml#encoding_to_charset, l:vim_encoding)
+      let a:settings.encoding = g:tohtml#encoding_to_charset[l:vim_encoding]
+    else
+      let a:settings.encoding = ""
+    endif
+  endif
+  if a:settings.encoding != ""
+    let l:vim_encoding = tohtml#EncodingFromCharset(a:settings.encoding)
+    if l:vim_encoding != ""
+      " if the Vim encoding to HTML encoding conversion is set up (by default or
+      " by the user) to convert to a different encoding, we need to also change
+      " the Vim encoding of the new buffer
+      let a:settings.vim_encoding = l:vim_encoding
+    endif
+  endif
+endfun "}}}
+
+" Get the proper Vim encoding option setting from an HTML charset name.
+function! tohtml#EncodingFromCharset(encoding) "{{{
+  if exists('g:html_encoding_override') && has_key(g:html_encoding_override, a:encoding)
+    return g:html_encoding_override[a:encoding]
+  elseif has_key(g:tohtml#charset_to_encoding, tolower(a:encoding))
+    return g:tohtml#charset_to_encoding[tolower(a:encoding)]
+  else
+    return ""
+  endif
+endfun "}}}
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_sav
+unlet s:cpo_sav
+
+" Make sure any patches will probably use consistent indent
+"   vim: ts=8 sw=2 sts=2 noet fdm=marker

runtime/autoload/vimball.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " vimball.vim : construct a file containing both paths and files
 " Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		Jul 30, 2008
+" Date:		Apr 12, 2010
-" Version:	29
+" Version:	31
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
-" Copyright: (c) 2004-2008 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Copyright: (c) 2004-2009 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
 "            The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
 "            (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
 "            No warranty, express or implied.
@@ -11,11 +11,17 @@
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Load Once: {{{1
-if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball") || v:version < 700
+if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball")
+ finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_vimball = "v31"
+if v:version < 702
+ echohl WarningMsg
+ echo "***warning*** this version of vimball needs vim 7.2"
+ echohl Normal
  finish
 endif
 let s:keepcpo= &cpo
-let g:loaded_vimball = "v29"
 set cpo&vim
 "DechoTabOn
 
@@ -52,30 +58,6 @@ if !exists("s:USAGE")
    call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball) g:vimball_mkdir undefined")
   endif
  endif
-
- " set up shell quoting character
- if exists("g:vimball_shq") && !exists("g:netrw_shq")
-  let g:netrw_shq= g:vimball_shq
- endif
- if !exists("g:netrw_shq")
-  if exists("&shq") && &shq != ""
-   let g:netrw_shq= &shq
-  elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-   if g:netrw_cygwin
-    let g:netrw_shq= "'"
-   else
-    let g:netrw_shq= '"'
-   endif
-  else
-   let g:netrw_shq= "'"
-  endif
-" call Decho("g:netrw_shq<".g:netrw_shq.">")
- endif
-
- " set up escape string (used to protect paths)
- if !exists("g:vimball_path_escape")
-  let g:vimball_path_escape= ' ;#%'
- endif
 endif
 
 " =====================================================================
@@ -106,8 +88,8 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
    let vbname= vbname.'.vba'
   endif
 "  call Decho("vbname<".vbname.">")
-  if a:1 =~ '[\/]'
+  if !a:writelevel && a:1 =~ '[\/]'
-   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:ERROR,"(MkVimball) vimball name<".a:1."> should not include slashes")
+   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:ERROR,"(MkVimball) vimball name<".a:1."> should not include slashes; use ! to insist")
 "   call Dret("MkVimball : vimball name<".a:1."> should not include slashes")
    return
   endif
@@ -125,7 +107,7 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
    let home= expand(a:2)
   else
    " use first existing directory from rtp
-   let home= s:VimballHome()
+   let home= vimball#VimballHome()
   endif
 
   " save current directory
@@ -218,7 +200,7 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
    return
   endif
 
-  if getline(1) !~ '^" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D.$'
+  if getline(1) !~ '^" Vimball Archiver'
    echoerr "(Vimball) The current file does not appear to be a Vimball!"
 "   call Dret("vimball#Vimball")
    return
@@ -240,7 +222,7 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
   if a:0 > 0
    let home= expand(a:1)
   else
-   let home= s:VimballHome()
+   let home= vimball#VimballHome()
   endif
 "  call Decho("home<".home.">")
 
@@ -272,7 +254,9 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
   while 1 < linenr && linenr < line("$")
    let fname   = substitute(getline(linenr),'\t\[\[\[1$','','')
    let fname   = substitute(fname,'\\','/','g')
-   let fsize   = getline(linenr+1)+0
+"   let fsize   = getline(linenr+1)+0
+   let fsize   = substitute(getline(linenr+1),'^\(\d\+\).\{-}$','\1','')+0
+   let fenc    = substitute(getline(linenr+1),'^\d\+\s*\(\S\+\)$','\1','')
    let filecnt = filecnt + 1
 "   call Decho("fname<".fname."> fsize=".fsize." filecnt=".filecnt)
 
@@ -307,7 +291,7 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
      if !isdirectory(dirname)
 "      call Decho("making <".dirname.">")
       if exists("g:vimball_mkdir")
-	   call system(g:vimball_mkdir." ".s:Escape(dirname))
+	   call system(g:vimball_mkdir." ".shellescape(dirname))
       else
        call mkdir(dirname)
       endif
@@ -337,9 +321,13 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
    if a:really
     let fnamepath= home."/".fname
 "    call Decho("exe w! ".fnameescape(fnamepath))
+	if fenc != ""
+	 exe "silent w! ++enc=".fnameescape(fenc)." ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
+	else
 	 exe "silent w! ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
-    echo "wrote ".fnamepath
+	endif
-	call s:RecordInVar(home,"call delete('".fnameescape(fnamepath)."')")
+	echo "wrote ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
+	call s:RecordInVar(home,"call delete('".fnamepath."')")
    endif
 
    " return to tab with vimball
@@ -418,7 +406,7 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
   if a:0 >= 2
    let home= expand(a:2)
   else
-   let home= s:VimballHome()
+   let home= vimball#VimballHome()
   endif
   let curdir = getcwd()
 "  call Decho("home   <".home.">")
@@ -432,19 +420,20 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
    keepalt keepjumps 1split 
    silent! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
    let keepsrch= @/
-"   call Decho("search for ^".curfile.".vba:")
+"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'.\m: ')
-"   call Decho("search for ^".curfile."[-0-9.]*.vba:")
+"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'.\mvba: ')
-   if search('^'.curfile.": ".'cw')
+"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.vba: ')
+   if search('^\M'.curfile."\m: ".'cw')
 	let foundit= 1
-   elseif search('^'.curfile.".vba: ",'cw')
+   elseif search('^\M'.curfile.".\mvba: ",'cw')
 	let foundit= 1
-   elseif search('^'.curfile.'[-0-9.]*.vba: ','cw')
+   elseif search('^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.vba: ','cw')
 	let foundit= 1
    else
     let foundit = 0
    endif
    if foundit
-	let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^'.curfile.'\S\{-}\.vba: ','','')
+	let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^\M'.curfile.'\m\S\{-}\.vba: ','','')
     let s:VBRstring= substitute(exestring,'call delete(','','g')
     let s:VBRstring= substitute(s:VBRstring,"[')]",'','g')
 "	call Decho("exe ".exestring)
@@ -472,62 +461,62 @@ endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " vimball#Decompress: attempts to automatically decompress vimballs {{{2
-fun! vimball#Decompress(fname)
+fun! vimball#Decompress(fname,...)
-"  call Dfunc("Decompress(fname<".a:fname.">)")
+"  call Dfunc("Decompress(fname<".a:fname.">) a:0=".a:0)
 
   " decompression:
   if     expand("%") =~ '.*\.gz'  && executable("gunzip")
    " handle *.gz with gunzip
-   silent exe "!gunzip ".s:Escape(a:fname)
+   silent exe "!gunzip ".shellescape(a:fname)
    if v:shell_error != 0
 	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) gunzip may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
    endif
    let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.gz$','','')
    exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
-   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+   if a:0 == 0| call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)") | endif
 
   elseif expand("%") =~ '.*\.gz' && executable("gzip")
    " handle *.gz with gzip -d
-   silent exe "!gzip -d ".s:Escape(a:fname)
+   silent exe "!gzip -d ".shellescape(a:fname)
    if v:shell_error != 0
 	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,'(vimball#Decompress) "gzip -d" may have failed with <'.a:fname.">")
    endif
    let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.gz$','','')
    exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
-   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+   if a:0 == 0| call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)") | endif
 
   elseif expand("%") =~ '.*\.bz2' && executable("bunzip2")
    " handle *.bz2 with bunzip2
-   silent exe "!bunzip2 ".s:Escape(a:fname)
+   silent exe "!bunzip2 ".shellescape(a:fname)
    if v:shell_error != 0
 	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) bunzip2 may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
    endif
    let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.bz2$','','')
    exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
-   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+   if a:0 == 0| call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)") | endif
 
   elseif expand("%") =~ '.*\.bz2' && executable("bzip2")
    " handle *.bz2 with bzip2 -d
-   silent exe "!bzip2 -d ".s:Escape(a:fname)
+   silent exe "!bzip2 -d ".shellescape(a:fname)
    if v:shell_error != 0
 	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,'(vimball#Decompress) "bzip2 -d" may have failed with <'.a:fname.">")
    endif
    let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.bz2$','','')
    exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
-   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+   if a:0 == 0| call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)") | endif
 
   elseif expand("%") =~ '.*\.zip' && executable("unzip")
    " handle *.zip with unzip
-   silent exe "!unzip ".s:Escape(a:fname)
+   silent exe "!unzip ".shellescape(a:fname)
    if v:shell_error != 0
 	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) unzip may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
    endif
    let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.zip$','','')
    exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
-   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+   if a:0 == 0| call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)") | endif
   endif
 
-  set noma bt=nofile fmr=[[[,]]] fdm=marker
+  if a:0 == 0| setlocal noma bt=nofile fmr=[[[,]]] fdm=marker | endif
 
 "  call Dret("Decompress")
 endfun
@@ -536,20 +525,21 @@ endfun
 " vimball#ShowMesg: {{{2
 fun! vimball#ShowMesg(level,msg)
 "  call Dfunc("vimball#ShowMesg(level=".a:level." msg<".a:msg.">)")
+
   let rulerkeep   = &ruler
   let showcmdkeep = &showcmd
   set noruler noshowcmd
   redraw!
 
   if &fo =~ '[ta]'
-   echomsg "***vimball*** " a:msg
+   echomsg "***vimball*** ".a:msg
   else
    if a:level == s:WARNING || a:level == s:USAGE
     echohl WarningMsg
    elseif a:level == s:ERROR
     echohl Error
    endif
-   echomsg "***vimball*** " a:msg
+   echomsg "***vimball*** ".a:msg
    echohl None
   endif
 
@@ -646,9 +636,9 @@ fun! s:RecordInFile(home)
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" s:VimballHome: determine/get home directory path (usually from rtp) {{{2
+" vimball#VimballHome: determine/get home directory path (usually from rtp) {{{2
-fun! s:VimballHome()
+fun! vimball#VimballHome()
-"  call Dfunc("VimballHome()")
+"  call Dfunc("vimball#VimballHome()")
   if exists("g:vimball_home")
    let home= g:vimball_home
   else
@@ -674,14 +664,14 @@ fun! s:VimballHome()
   if !isdirectory(home)
    if exists("g:vimball_mkdir")
 "	call Decho("home<".home."> isn't a directory -- making it now with g:vimball_mkdir<".g:vimball_mkdir.">")
-"    call Decho("system(".g:vimball_mkdir." ".s:Escape(home).")")
+"    call Decho("system(".g:vimball_mkdir." ".shellescape(home).")")
-    call system(g:vimball_mkdir." ".s:Escape(home))
+    call system(g:vimball_mkdir." ".shellescape(home))
    else
 "	call Decho("home<".home."> isn't a directory -- making it now with mkdir()")
     call mkdir(home)
    endif
   endif
-"  call Dret("VimballHome <".home.">")
+"  call Dret("vimball#VimballHome <".home.">")
   return home
 endfun
 
@@ -742,21 +732,6 @@ fun! vimball#RestoreSettings()
 "  call Dret("RestoreSettings")
 endfun
 
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" s:Escape: {{{2
-fun s:Escape(name)
-  " shellescape() was added by patch 7.0.111
-  if exists("*shellescape")
-    return shellescape(a:name)
-  endif
-  return g:netrw_shq . a:name . g:netrw_shq
-endfun
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-"  Restore:
-let &cpo= s:keepcpo
-unlet s:keepcpo
-
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Modelines: {{{1
 " vim: fdm=marker

runtime/autoload/zip.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:		Jul 30, 2008
+" Date:		Apr 12, 2010
-" Version:	22
+" Version:	23
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
@@ -16,13 +16,19 @@
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Load Once: {{{1
-let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip")
-set cpo&vim
-if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip") || v:version < 700
  finish
 endif
+let g:loaded_zip= "v23"
+if v:version < 702
+ echohl WarningMsg
+ echo "***warning*** this version of zip needs vim 7.2"
+ echohl Normal
+ finish
+endif
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
-let g:loaded_zip     = "v22"
 let s:zipfile_escape = ' ?&;\'
 let s:ERROR          = 2
 let s:WARNING        = 1

runtime/colors/desert.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " Vim color file
 " Maintainer:	Hans Fugal <hans@fugal.net>
-" Last Change:	$Date$
+" Last Change:	$Date: 2004/06/13 19:30:30 $
-" Last Change:	$Date$
+" Last Change:	$Date: 2004/06/13 19:30:30 $
 " URL:		http://hans.fugal.net/vim/colors/desert.vim
-" Version:	$Id$
+" Version:	$Id: desert.vim,v 1.1 2004/06/13 19:30:30 vimboss Exp $
 
 " cool help screens
 " :he group-name

runtime/compiler/cucumber.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Cucumber
+" Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" Last Change:	2010 Aug 09
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "cucumber"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=cucumber
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+      \%W%m\ (Cucumber::Undefined),
+      \%E%m\ (%.%#),
+      \%Z%f:%l,
+      \%Z%f:%l:%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim:set sw=2 sts=2:

runtime/compiler/decada.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Description: Vim Ada/Dec Ada compiler file
 "     Language: Ada (Dec Ada)
-"          $Id$
+"          $Id: decada.vim 887 2008-07-08 14:29:01Z krischik $
 "    Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
 "   Maintainer:	Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-"      $Author$
+"      $Author: krischik $
-"        $Date$
+"        $Date: 2008-07-08 16:29:01 +0200 (Di, 08 Jul 2008) $
 "      Version: 4.6
-"    $Revision$
+"    $Revision: 887 $
 "     $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/compiler/decada.vim $
 "      History: 21.07.2006 MK New Dec Ada
 "               15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration

runtime/compiler/eruby.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		eRuby
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Info:			$Id$
+" Last Change:		2008 Aug 1
 " URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
 " Anon CVS:		See above site
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>

runtime/compiler/fortran_g77.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:     g77 (GNU Fortran)
 " Maintainer:   Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
-" Last Change:  $Date$
+" Last Change:  $Date: 2004/06/13 18:17:36 $
-" $Revision$
+" $Revision: 1.1 $
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish

runtime/compiler/g95.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+" Compiler: G95
+" Maintainer: H Xu <xuhdev@gmail.com>
+" Version: 0.1.3
+" Last Change: 2011 Apr 01
+" Homepage: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=3492
+"           https://bitbucket.org/xuhdev/compiler-g95.vim
+" License: Same as Vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+    finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = 'g95'
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+            \%AIn\ file\ %f:%l,
+            \%-C%p1,
+            \%-Z%trror:\ %m,
+            \%-Z%tarning\ (%n):\ %m,
+            \%-C%.%#

runtime/compiler/gcc.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:         GNU C Compiler
 " Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2006-12-20
+" Latest Revision:  2010-10-14
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -12,10 +12,17 @@ let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=
+      \%*[^\"]\"%f\"%*\\D%l:%c:\ %m,
       \%*[^\"]\"%f\"%*\\D%l:\ %m,
+      \\"%f\"%*\\D%l:%c:\ %m,
       \\"%f\"%*\\D%l:\ %m,
       \%-G%f:%l:\ %trror:\ (Each\ undeclared\ identifier\ is\ reported\ only\ once,
       \%-G%f:%l:\ %trror:\ for\ each\ function\ it\ appears\ in.),
+      \%f:%l:%c:\ %trror:\ %m,
+      \%f:%l:%c:\ %tarning:\ %m,
+      \%f:%l:%c:\ %m,
+      \%f:%l:\ %trror:\ %m,
+      \%f:%l:\ %tarning:\ %m,
       \%f:%l:\ %m,
       \\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l%*\\D%c%*[^\ ]\ %m,
       \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ `%f',

runtime/compiler/gfortran.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+" Compiler: GNU Fortran Compiler
+" Maintainer: H Xu <xuhdev@gmail.com>
+" Version: 0.1.3
+" Last Change: 19 March 2011
+" Homepage: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=3496
+"           https://bitbucket.org/xuhdev/compiler-gfortran.vim
+" License: Same as Vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+    finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = 'gfortran'
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+            \%A%f:%l.%c:,
+            \%-Z%trror:\ %m,
+            \%-Z%tarning:\ %m,
+            \%-C%.%#

runtime/compiler/gnat.vim

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Description: Vim Ada/GNAT compiler file
 "     Language: Ada (GNAT)
-"          $Id$
+"          $Id: gnat.vim 887 2008-07-08 14:29:01Z krischik $
 "    Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
 "   Maintainer:	Martin Krischi <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>k
 "		Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
-"      $Author$
+"      $Author: krischik $
-"        $Date$
+"        $Date: 2008-07-08 16:29:01 +0200 (Di, 08 Jul 2008) $
 "      Version: 4.6
-"    $Revision$
+"    $Revision: 887 $
 "     $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/compiler/gnat.vim $
 "      History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
 "		16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball

runtime/compiler/ifort.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+" Compiler: Intel Fortran Compiler
+" Maintainer: H Xu <xuhdev@gmail.com>
+" Version: 0.1.1
+" Last Change: 19 March 2011
+" Homepage: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=3497
+"           https://bitbucket.org/xuhdev/compiler-ifort.vim
+" License: Same as Vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+    finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = 'ifort'
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+            \%A%f(%l):\ %trror\ \#%n:\ %m,
+            \%A%f(%l):\ %tarning\ \#%n:\ %m,
+            \%-Z%p^,
+            \%-G%.%#

runtime/compiler/jikes.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim Compiler File
 " Compiler:	Jikes
 " Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at hotmail dot com>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:	20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://mywebpage.netscape.com/sharppeople/vim/compiler
+" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/compiler
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish

runtime/compiler/perl.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim Compiler File
 " Compiler:     Perl syntax checks (perl -Wc)
-" Maintainer:   Christian J. Robinson <infynity@onewest.net>
+" Maintainer:   Christian J. Robinson <heptite@gmail.com>
 " Last Change:  2006 Aug 13
 
 if exists("current_compiler")

runtime/compiler/rspec.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		RSpec
-" Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.info>
+" Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Info:			$Id$
+" Last Change:		2009 Dec 22
 " URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
 " Anon CVS:		See above site
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>

runtime/compiler/ruby.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:		Ruby
 " Function:		Syntax check and/or error reporting
 " Maintainer:		Tim Hammerquist <timh at rubyforge.org>
-" Info:			$Id$
+" Last Change:		2008 Aug 1
 " URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
 " Anon CVS:		See above site
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>

runtime/compiler/rubyunit.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		Test::Unit - Ruby Unit Testing Framework
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Info:			$Id$
+" Last Change:		2008 Aug 1
 " URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
 " Anon CVS:		See above site
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>

runtime/compiler/splint.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:   Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
 " Splint Home:	http://www.splint.org/
 " Last Change:  2005 Apr 21
-" $Revision$
+" $Revision: 1.3 $
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -37,8 +37,10 @@ DOCS = \
 	hangulin.txt \
 	hebrew.txt \
 	help.txt \
+	helphelp.txt \
 	howto.txt \
 	if_cscop.txt \
+	if_lua.txt \
 	if_mzsch.txt \
 	if_ole.txt \
 	if_perl.txt \
@@ -167,8 +169,10 @@ HTMLS = \
 	gui_x11.html \
 	hangulin.html \
 	hebrew.html \
+	helphelp.html \
 	howto.html \
 	if_cscop.html \
+	if_lua.html \
 	if_mzsch.html \
 	if_ole.html \
 	if_perl.html \
@@ -336,12 +340,14 @@ uganda.nsis.txt: uganda.txt
 		uganda.txt | uniq >uganda.nsis.txt
 
 # Awk version of .txt to .html conversion.
-html: noerrors tags tags.ref $(HTMLS)
+html: noerrors tags $(HTMLS)
 	@if test -f errors.log; then more errors.log; fi
 
 noerrors:
 	-rm -f errors.log
 
+$(HTMLS): tags.ref
+
 .txt.html:
 	$(AWK) -f makehtml.awk $< >$@
 

runtime/doc/arabic.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*arabic.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*arabic.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Nov 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Nadim Shaikli
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ o  Enable Arabic settings [short-cut]
 		:set arabic
 <
    The two above noted possible invocations are the preferred manner
-   in which users are instructed to proceed.  Baring an enabled 'termbidi'
+   in which users are instructed to proceed.  Barring an enabled 'termbidi'
    setting, both command options:
 
      1. set the appropriate keymap

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 27
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -59,10 +59,10 @@ Note: The ":autocmd" command cannot be followed by another command, since any
 :au[tocmd] [group] {event} {pat} [nested] {cmd}
 			Add {cmd} to the list of commands that Vim will
 			execute automatically on {event} for a file matching
-			{pat}.  Vim always adds the {cmd} after existing
+			{pat} |autocmd-patterns|.
-			autocommands, so that the autocommands execute in the
+			Vim always adds the {cmd} after existing autocommands,
-			order in which they were given.  See |autocmd-nested|
+			so that the autocommands execute in the order in which
-			for [nested].
+			they were given.  See |autocmd-nested| for [nested].
 
 The special pattern <buffer> or <buffer=N> defines a buffer-local autocommand.
 See |autocmd-buflocal|.
@@ -335,6 +335,8 @@ BufDelete			Before deleting a buffer from the buffer list.
 				NOTE: When this autocommand is executed, the
 				current buffer "%" may be different from the
 				buffer being deleted "<afile>" and "<abuf>".
+				Don't change to another buffer, it will cause
+				problems.
 							*BufEnter*
 BufEnter			After entering a buffer.  Useful for setting
 				options for a file type.  Also executed when
@@ -397,6 +399,10 @@ BufUnload			Before unloading a buffer.  This is when the
 				NOTE: When this autocommand is executed, the
 				current buffer "%" may be different from the
 				buffer being unloaded "<afile>".
+				Don't change to another buffer, it will cause
+				problems.
+				When exiting and v:dying is 2 or more this
+				event is not triggered.
 							*BufWinEnter*
 BufWinEnter			After a buffer is displayed in a window.  This
 				can be when the buffer is loaded (after
@@ -418,6 +424,8 @@ BufWinLeave			Before a buffer is removed from a window.
 				NOTE: When this autocommand is executed, the
 				current buffer "%" may be different from the
 				buffer being unloaded "<afile>".
+				When exiting and v:dying is 2 or more this
+				event is not triggered.
 							*BufWipeout*
 BufWipeout			Before completely deleting a buffer.  The
 				BufUnload and BufDelete events may be called
@@ -428,6 +436,8 @@ BufWipeout			Before completely deleting a buffer.  The
 				NOTE: When this autocommand is executed, the
 				current buffer "%" may be different from the
 				buffer being deleted "<afile>".
+				Don't change to another buffer, it will cause
+				problems.
 						*BufWrite* *BufWritePre*
 BufWrite or BufWritePre		Before writing the whole buffer to a file.
 							*BufWriteCmd*
@@ -545,7 +555,7 @@ FileChangedShell		When Vim notices that the modification time of
 				buffer that was changed "<afile>".
 				NOTE: The commands must not change the current
 				buffer, jump to another buffer or delete a
-				buffer.  *E246*
+				buffer.  *E246* *E811*
 				NOTE: This event never nests, to avoid an
 				endless loop.  This means that while executing
 				commands for the FileChangedShell event no
@@ -672,10 +682,10 @@ MenuPopup			Just before showing the popup menu (under the
 QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
 				|:lmake|, |:grep|, |:lgrep|, |:grepadd|,
 				|:lgrepadd|, |:vimgrep|, |:lvimgrep|,
-				|:vimgrepadd|, |:lvimgrepadd|). The pattern is
+				|:vimgrepadd|, |:lvimgrepadd|, |:cscope|).
-				matched against the command being run.  When
+				The pattern is matched against the command
-				|:grep| is used but 'grepprg' is set to
+				being run.  When |:grep| is used but 'grepprg'
-				"internal" it still matches "grep".
+				is set to "internal" it still matches "grep".
 				This command cannot be used to set the
 				'makeprg' and 'grepprg' variables.
 				If this command causes an error, the quickfix
@@ -748,8 +758,10 @@ SwapExists			Detected an existing swap file when starting
 					'a'	abort, like hitting CTRL-C
 				When set to an empty string the user will be
 				asked, as if there was no SwapExists autocmd.
-				Note: Do not try to change the buffer, the
+							*E812*
-				results are unpredictable.
+				It is not allowed to change to another buffer,
+				change a buffer name or change directory
+				here.
 							*Syntax*
 Syntax				When the 'syntax' option has been set.  The
 				pattern is matched against the syntax name.
@@ -791,6 +803,8 @@ VimLeave			Before exiting Vim, just after writing the
 				.viminfo file.  Executed only once, like
 				VimLeavePre.
 				To detect an abnormal exit use |v:dying|.
+				When v:dying is 2 or more this event is not
+				triggered.
 							*VimLeavePre*
 VimLeavePre			Before exiting Vim, just before writing the
 				.viminfo file.  This is executed only once,
@@ -799,6 +813,8 @@ VimLeavePre			Before exiting Vim, just before writing the
 				Mostly useful with a "*" pattern. >
 	:autocmd VimLeavePre * call CleanupStuff()
 <				To detect an abnormal exit use |v:dying|.
+				When v:dying is 2 or more this event is not
+				triggered.
 							*VimResized*
 VimResized			After the Vim window was resized, thus 'lines'
 				and/or 'columns' changed.  Not when starting
@@ -827,9 +843,9 @@ The file pattern {pat} is tested for a match against the file name in one of
 two ways:
 1. When there is no '/' in the pattern, Vim checks for a match against only
    the tail part of the file name (without its leading directory path).
-2. When there is a '/' in the pattern,  Vim checks for a match against the
+2. When there is a '/' in the pattern, Vim checks for a match against both the
-   both short file name (as you typed it) and the full file name (after
+   short file name (as you typed it) and the full file name (after expanding
-   expanding it to a full path and resolving symbolic links).
+   it to a full path and resolving symbolic links).
 
 The special pattern <buffer> or <buffer=N> is used for buffer-local
 autocommands |autocmd-buflocal|.  This pattern is not matched against the name
@@ -1044,7 +1060,7 @@ option will not cause any commands to be executed.
 						*:doautoa* *:doautoall*
 :doautoa[ll] [group] {event} [fname]
 			Like ":doautocmd", but apply the autocommands to each
-			loaded buffer.  Note that {fname} is used to select
+			loaded buffer.  Note that [fname] is used to select
 			the autocommands, not the buffers to which they are
 			applied.
 			Careful: Don't use this for autocommands that delete a
@@ -1264,7 +1280,7 @@ and "++ff=" argument that are effective.  These should be used for the command
 that reads/writes the file.  The |v:cmdbang| variable is one when "!" was
 used, zero otherwise.
 
-See the $VIMRUNTIME/plugin/netrw.vim for examples.
+See the $VIMRUNTIME/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim for examples.
 
 ==============================================================================
 11. Disabling autocommands				*autocmd-disable*

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jul 24
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Feb 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ gR			Enter Virtual Replace mode: Each character you type
 			<Tab> may replace several characters at once.
 			Repeat the entered text [count]-1 times.  See
 			|Virtual-Replace-mode| for more details.
-			{not available when compiled without the +vreplace
+			{not available when compiled without the |+vreplace|
 			feature}
 
 							*c*
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ gr{char}		Replace the virtual characters under the cursor with
 			space.  See |gR| and |Virtual-Replace-mode| for more
 			details.  As with |r| a count may be given.
 			{char} can be entered like with |r|.
-			{not available when compiled without the +vreplace
+			{not available when compiled without the |+vreplace|
 			feature}
 
 						*digraph-arg*
@@ -506,9 +506,9 @@ comment (starting with '"') after the ":!" command.
 			{filter}.  Vim replaces the optional bangs with the
 			latest given command and appends the optional [arg].
 			Vim saves the output of the filter command in a
-			temporary file and then reads the file into the
+			temporary file and then reads the file into the buffer
-			buffer.  Vim uses the 'shellredir' option to redirect
+			|tempfile|.  Vim uses the 'shellredir' option to
-			the filter output to the temporary file.
+			redirect the filter output to the temporary file.
 			However, if the 'shelltemp' option is off then pipes
 			are used when possible (on Unix).
 			When the 'R' flag is included in 'cpoptions' marks in
@@ -524,7 +524,9 @@ comment (starting with '"') after the ":!" command.
 			option is empty (this is the default), use the
 			internal formatting function |C-indenting|.  But when
 			'indentexpr' is not empty, it will be used instead
-			|indent-expression|.
+			|indent-expression|.  When Vim was compiled without
+			internal formatting then the "indent" program is used
+			as a last resort.
 
 							*==*
 ==			Filter [count] lines like with ={motion}.
@@ -534,6 +536,22 @@ comment (starting with '"') after the ":!" command.
 			{not in Vi}
 
 
+						*tempfile* *setuid*
+Vim uses temporary files for filtering, generating diffs and also for
+tempname().  For Unix, the file will be in a private directory (only
+accessible by the current user) to avoid security problems (e.g., a symlink
+attack or other people reading your file).  When Vim exits the directory and
+all files in it are deleted.  When Vim has the setuid bit set this may cause
+problems, the temp file is owned by the setuid user but the filter command
+probably runs as the original user.
+On MS-DOS and OS/2 the first of these directories that works is used: $TMP,
+$TEMP, c:\TMP, c:\TEMP.
+For Unix the list of directories is: $TMPDIR, /tmp, current-dir, $HOME.
+For MS-Windows the GetTempFileName() system function is used.
+For other systems the tmpnam() library function is used.
+
+
+
 4.2 Substitute						*:substitute*
 							*:s* *:su*
 :[range]s[ubstitute]/{pattern}/{string}/[flags] [count]
@@ -567,7 +585,7 @@ comment (starting with '"') after the ":!" command.
 			":&r".  See |:s_flags| for [flags].
 
 								*&*
-&			Synonym for ":s//~/" (repeat last substitute).  Note
+&			Synonym for ":s" (repeat last substitute).  Note
 			that the flags are not remembered, thus it might
 			actually work differently.  You can use ":&&" to keep
 			the flags.
@@ -604,9 +622,9 @@ The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
 	    'a'	    to substitute this and all remaining matches {not in Vi}
 	    'q'	    to quit substituting {not in Vi}
 	    CTRL-E  to scroll the screen up {not in Vi, not available when
-			compiled without the +insert_expand feature}
+			compiled without the |+insert_expand| feature}
 	    CTRL-Y  to scroll the screen down {not in Vi, not available when
-			compiled without the +insert_expand feature}
+			compiled without the |+insert_expand| feature}
 	If the 'edcompatible' option is on, Vim remembers the [c] flag and
 	toggles it each time you use it, but resets it when you give a new
 	search pattern.
@@ -672,7 +690,8 @@ reason is that the flags can only be found by skipping the pattern, and in
 order to skip the pattern the "magicness" must be known.  Catch 22!
 
 If the {pattern} for the substitute command is empty, the command uses the
-pattern from the last substitute or ":global" command.  With the [r] flag, the
+pattern from the last substitute or ":global" command.  If there is none, but
+there is a previous search pattern, that one is used.  With the [r] flag, the
 command uses the pattern from the last substitute, ":global", or search
 command.
 
@@ -861,7 +880,10 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 
 							*:reg* *:registers*
 :reg[isters]		Display the contents of all numbered and named
-			registers.  {not in Vi}
+			registers.  If a register is written to for |:redir|
+			it will not be listed.
+			{not in Vi}
+
 
 :reg[isters] {arg}	Display the contents of the numbered and named
 			registers that are mentioned in {arg}.  For example: >
@@ -994,6 +1016,11 @@ register.  With blockwise selection it also depends on the size of the block
 and whether the corners are on an existing character.  (Implementation detail:
 it actually works by first putting the register after the selection and then
 deleting the selection.)
+The previously selected text is put in the unnamed register.  If you want to
+put the same text into a Visual selection several times you need to use
+another register.  E.g., yank the text to copy, Visually select the text to
+replace and use "0p .  You can repeat this as many times as you like, the
+unnamed register will be changed each time.
 
 							*blockwise-register*
 If you use a blockwise Visual mode command to get the text into the register,
@@ -1031,8 +1058,10 @@ There are nine types of registers:			*registers* *E354*
 Vim fills this register with text deleted with the "d", "c", "s", "x" commands
 or copied with the yank "y" command, regardless of whether or not a specific
 register was used (e.g.  "xdd).  This is like the unnamed register is pointing
-to the last used register.  An exception is the '_' register: "_dd does not
+to the last used register.  Thus when appending using an uppercase register
-store the deleted text in any register.
+name, the unnamed register contains the same text as the named register.
+An exception is the '_' register: "_dd does not store the deleted text in any
+register.
 Vim uses the contents of the unnamed register for any put command (p or P)
 which does not specify a register.  Additionally you can access it with the
 name '"'.  This means you have to type two double quotes.  Writing to the ""
@@ -1098,15 +1127,20 @@ normal command-line editing commands are available, including a special
 history for expressions.  When you end the command-line by typing <CR>, Vim
 computes the result of the expression.  If you end it with <Esc>, Vim abandons
 the expression.  If you do not enter an expression, Vim uses the previous
-expression (like with the "/" command).  The expression must evaluate to a
+expression (like with the "/" command).
-string.  If the result is a number it's turned into a string.  A List,
+
-Dictionary or FuncRef results in an error message (use string() to convert).
+The expression must evaluate to a String.  A Number is always automatically
-If the "= register is used for the "p" command, the string is split up at <NL>
+converted to a String.  For the "p" and ":put" command, if the result is a
-characters.  If the string ends in a <NL>, it is regarded as a linewise
+Float it's converted into a String.  If the result is a List each element is
+turned into a String and used as a line.  A Dictionary or FuncRef results in
+an error message (use string() to convert).
+
+If the "= register is used for the "p" command, the String is split up at <NL>
+characters.  If the String ends in a <NL>, it is regarded as a linewise
 register.  {not in Vi}
 
 7. Selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
-Use these register for storing and retrieving the selected text for the GUI.
+Use these registers for storing and retrieving the selected text for the GUI.
 See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|.  When the clipboard is not available or not
 working, the unnamed register is used instead.  For Unix systems the clipboard
 is only available when the |+xterm_clipboard| feature is present.  {not in Vi}
@@ -1212,7 +1246,8 @@ gq{motion}		Format the lines that {motion} moves over.
 				:nnoremap Q gq
 
 gqgq							*gqgq* *gqq*
-gqq			Format the current line.  {not in Vi}
+gqq			Format the current line.  With a count format that
+			many lines.  {not in Vi}
 
 							*v_gq*
 {Visual}gq		Format the highlighted text.  (for {Visual} see

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Sep 18
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Mar 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -83,9 +83,9 @@ CTRL-V		Insert next non-digit literally.  Up to three digits form the
 CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.  But with some terminals it is used for
 		control flow, it doesn't work then.
 
-							*c_<Left>*
+							*c_<Left>* *c_Left*
 <Left>		cursor left
-							*c_<Right>*
+							*c_<Right>* *c_Right*
 <Right>		cursor right
 							*c_<S-Left>*
 <S-Left> or <C-Left>					*c_<C-Left>*
@@ -93,18 +93,18 @@ CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.  But with some terminals it is used for
 							*c_<S-Right>*
 <S-Right> or <C-Right>					*c_<C-Right>*
 		cursor one WORD right
-CTRL-B or <Home>					*c_CTRL-B* *c_<Home>*
+CTRL-B or <Home>				*c_CTRL-B* *c_<Home>* *c_Home*
 		cursor to beginning of command-line
-CTRL-E or <End>						*c_CTRL-E* *c_<End>*
+CTRL-E or <End>					*c_CTRL-E* *c_<End>* *c_End*
 		cursor to end of command-line
 
 							*c_<LeftMouse>*
 <LeftMouse>	Move the cursor to the position of the mouse click.
 
-CTRL-H							*c_<BS>* *c_CTRL-H*
+CTRL-H						*c_<BS>* *c_CTRL-H* *c_BS*
 <BS>		Delete the character in front of the cursor (see |:fixdel| if
 		your <BS> key does not do what you want).
-							*c_<Del>*
+							*c_<Del>* *c_Del*
 <Del>		Delete the character under the cursor (at end of line:
 		character before the cursor) (see |:fixdel| if your <Del>
 		key does not do what you want).
@@ -118,9 +118,7 @@ CTRL-U		Remove all characters between the cursor position and
 		preferred behavior, add the following to your .vimrc: >
 			:cnoremap <C-U> <C-E><C-U>
 <
-		Note: if the command-line becomes empty with one of the
+						*c_<Insert>* *c_Insert*
-		delete commands, Command-line mode is quit.
-							*c_<Insert>*
 <Insert>	Toggle between insert and overstrike.  {not in Vi}
 
 {char1} <BS> {char2}	or				*c_digraph*
@@ -184,7 +182,7 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-A				*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-A* *c_<C-R>_<C-A>*
 		the word that was already typed is not inserted again.
 
 		{not in Vi}
-		CTRL-F and CTRL-P: {only when +file_in_path feature is
+		CTRL-F and CTRL-P: {only when |+file_in_path| feature is
 		included}
 
 					*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>_<C-R>*
@@ -226,9 +224,9 @@ CTRL-Y		When there is a modeless selection, copy the selection into
 		the clipboard. |modeless-selection|
 		If there is no selection CTRL-Y is inserted as a character.
 
-CTRL-J						*c_CTRL-J* *c_<NL>* *c_<CR>*
+CTRL-J					*c_CTRL-J* *c_<NL>* *c_<CR>* *c_CR*
 <CR> or <NL>	start entered command
-							*c_<Esc>*
+							*c_<Esc>* *c_Esc*
 <Esc>		When typed and 'x' not present in 'cpoptions', quit
 		Command-line mode without executing.  In macros or when 'x'
 		present in 'cpoptions', start entered command.
@@ -237,12 +235,12 @@ CTRL-J						*c_CTRL-J* *c_<NL>* *c_<CR>*
 							*c_CTRL-C*
 CTRL-C		quit command-line without executing
 
-							*c_<Up>*
+							*c_<Up>* *c_Up*
 <Up>		recall older command-line from history, whose beginning
 		matches the current command-line (see below).
 		{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist|
 		feature}
-							*c_<Down>*
+							*c_<Down>* *c_Down*
 <Down>		recall more recent command-line from history, whose beginning
 		matches the current command-line (see below).
 		{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist|
@@ -374,10 +372,10 @@ word before the cursor.  This is available for:
 - Mappings: Only after a ":map" or similar command.
 - Variable and function names: Only after a ":if", ":call" or similar command.
 
-When Vim was compiled with the |+cmdline_compl| feature disabled, only file
+When Vim was compiled without the |+cmdline_compl| feature only file names,
-names, directories and help items can be completed.  The number of help item
+directories and help items can be completed.  The number of help item matches
-matches is limited (currently to 300) to avoid a long delay when there are
+is limited (currently to 300) to avoid a long delay when there are very many
-very many matches.
+matches.
 
 These are the commands that can be used:
 
@@ -418,11 +416,15 @@ CTRL-L		A match is done on the pattern in front of the cursor.  If
 		than the pattern, no completion is done.
 		When 'incsearch' is set, entering a search pattern for "/" or
 		"?" and the current match is displayed then CTRL-L will add
-		one character from the end of the current match.
+		one character from the end of the current match.  If
+		'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' are set and the command line has
+		no uppercase characters, the added character is converted to
+		lowercase.
 
 The 'wildchar' option defaults to <Tab> (CTRL-E when in Vi compatible mode; in
 a previous version <Esc> was used).  In the pattern standard wildcards '*' and
-'?' are accepted.  '*' matches any string, '?' matches exactly one character.
+'?' are accepted when matching file names.  '*' matches any string, '?'
+matches exactly one character.
 
 If you like tcsh's autolist completion, you can use this mapping:
 	:cnoremap X <C-L><C-D>
@@ -441,13 +443,20 @@ between files with almost the same name.  If there are multiple matches,
 those files with an extension that is in the 'suffixes' option are ignored.
 The default is ".bak,~,.o,.h,.info,.swp,.obj", which means that files ending
 in ".bak", "~", ".o", ".h", ".info", ".swp" and ".obj" are sometimes ignored.
-It is impossible to ignore suffixes with two dots.  Examples:
+
+An empty entry, two consecutive commas, match a file name that does not
+contain a ".", thus has no suffix.  This is useful to ignore "prog" and prefer
+"prog.c".
+
+Examples:
 
   pattern:	files:				match:	~
    test*	test.c test.h test.o		test.c
    test*	test.h test.o			test.h and test.o
    test*	test.i test.h test.c		test.i and test.c
 
+It is impossible to ignore suffixes with two dots.
+
 If there is more than one matching file (after ignoring the ones matching
 the 'suffixes' option) the first file name is inserted.  You can see that
 there is only one match when you type 'wildchar' twice and the completed
@@ -478,14 +487,14 @@ And this in your .vimrc: >
 
 The Ex commands have a few specialties:
 
-							*:quote*
+							*:quote* *:comment*
 '"' at the start of a line causes the whole line to be ignored.  '"'
 after a command causes the rest of the line to be ignored.  This can be used
 to add comments.  Example: >
 	:set ai		"set 'autoindent' option
 It is not possible to add a comment to a shell command ":!cmd" or to the
-":map" command and friends, because they see the '"' as part of their
+":map" command and a few others, because they see the '"' as part of their
-argument.
+argument.  This is mentioned where the command is explained.
 
 							*:bar* *:\bar*
 '|' can be used to separate commands, so you can give multiple commands in one
@@ -517,6 +526,7 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :registers
     :read !
     :scscope
+    :sign
     :tcl
     :tcldo
     :tclfile
@@ -737,15 +747,15 @@ characters have a special meaning.  These can also be used in the expression
 function expand() |expand()|.
 	%	Is replaced with the current file name.		  *:_%* *c_%*
 	#	Is replaced with the alternate file name.	  *:_#* *c_#*
-	#n	(where n is a number) is replaced with the file name of
+	#n	(where n is a number) is replaced with		  *:_#0* *:_#n*
-		buffer n.  "#0" is the same as "#".
+		the file name of buffer n.  "#0" is the same as "#".     *c_#n*
 	##	Is replaced with all names in the argument list	  *:_##* *c_##*
 		concatenated, separated by spaces.  Each space in a name
 		is preceded with a backslash.
 	#<n	(where n is a number > 0) is replaced with old	  *:_#<* *c_#<*
 		file name n.  See |:oldfiles| or |v:oldfiles| to get the
 		number.							*E809*
-		{only when compiled with the +eval and +viminfo features}
+		{only when compiled with the |+eval| and |+viminfo| features}
 
 Note that these, except "#<n", give the file name as it was typed.  If an
 absolute path is needed (when using the file name from a different directory),
@@ -772,33 +782,38 @@ it, no matter how many backslashes.
 			       *:<cword>* *:<cWORD>* *:<cfile>* *<cfile>*
 			       *:<sfile>* *<sfile>* *:<afile>* *<afile>*
 			       *:<abuf>* *<abuf>* *:<amatch>* *<amatch>*
-			       *E495* *E496* *E497* *E498* *E499* *E500*
+			       *<slnum>* *E495* *E496* *E497* *E499* *E500*
 Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 	<cword>    is replaced with the word under the cursor (like |star|)
 	<cWORD>    is replaced with the WORD under the cursor (see |WORD|)
 	<cfile>    is replaced with the path name under the cursor (like what
 		   |gf| uses)
-	<afile>    when executing autocommands, is replaced with the file name
+	<afile>    When executing autocommands, is replaced with the file name
-		   for a file read or write
+		   for a file read or write.
-	<abuf>     when executing autocommands, is replaced with the currently
+	<abuf>     When executing autocommands, is replaced with the currently
 		   effective buffer number (for ":r file" and ":so file" it is
 		   the current buffer, the file being read/sourced is not in a
 		   buffer).
-	<amatch>   when executing autocommands, is replaced with the match for
+	<amatch>   When executing autocommands, is replaced with the match for
 		   which this autocommand was executed.  It differs from
 		   <afile> only when the file name isn't used to match with
 		   (for FileType, Syntax and SpellFileMissing events).
-	<sfile>    when executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
+	<sfile>    When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
-		   file name of the sourced file;
+		   file name of the sourced file.  *E498* 
-		   when executing a function, is replaced with
+		   When executing a function, is replaced with
 		   "function {function-name}"; function call nesting is
 		   indicated like this:
 		   "function {function-name1}..{function-name2}".  Note that
 		   filename-modifiers are useless when <sfile> is used inside
 		   a function.
+	<slnum>	   When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
+	           line number.  *E842*
+		   When executing a function it's the line number relative to
+		   the start of the function.
 
 							 *filename-modifiers*
 	 *:_%:* *::8* *::p* *::.* *::~* *::h* *::t* *::r* *::e* *::s* *::gs*
+	        *%:8* *%:p* *%:.* *%:~* *%:h* *%:t* *%:r* *%:e* *%:s* *%:gs*
 The file name modifiers can be used after "%", "#", "#n", "<cfile>", "<sfile>",
 "<afile>" or "<abuf>".  They are also used with the |fnamemodify()| function.
 These are not available when Vim has been compiled without the |+modify_fname|
@@ -850,7 +865,7 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 		After this, the previous modifiers can be used again.  For
 		example ":p", to make a full path after the substitution.
 	:gs?pat?sub?
-		Substitute all occurrences of "path" with "sub".  Otherwise
+		Substitute all occurrences of "pat" with "sub".  Otherwise
 		this works like ":s".
 
 Examples, when the file name is "src/version.c", current dir
@@ -942,7 +957,7 @@ for the file "$home" in the root directory.  A few examples:
 
 ==============================================================================
 6. Command-line window				*cmdline-window* *cmdwin*
-
+							*command-line-window*
 In the command-line window the command line can be edited just like editing
 text in any window.  It is a special kind of window, because you cannot leave
 it in a normal way.
@@ -950,12 +965,12 @@ it in a normal way.
 feature}
 
 
-OPEN
+OPEN						*c_CTRL-F* *q:* *q/* *q?*
 
 There are two ways to open the command-line window:
 1. From Command-line mode, use the key specified with the 'cedit' option.
    The default is CTRL-F when 'compatible' is not set.
-2. From Normal mode, use the "q:", "q/" or "q?" command.  *q:* *q/* *q?*
+2. From Normal mode, use the "q:", "q/" or "q?" command.
    This starts editing an Ex command-line ("q:") or search string ("q/" or
    "q?").  Note that this is not possible while recording is in progress (the
    "q" stops recording then).
@@ -985,7 +1000,8 @@ nesting.
 The command-line window is not a normal window.  It is not possible to move to
 another window or edit another buffer.  All commands that would do this are
 disabled in the command-line window.  Of course it _is_ possible to execute
-any command that you entered in the command-line window.
+any command that you entered in the command-line window.  Other text edits are
+discarded when closing the window.
 
 
 CLOSE							*E199*
@@ -1020,8 +1036,8 @@ VARIOUS
 
 The command-line window cannot be used:
 - when there already is a command-line window (no nesting)
-- for entering a encryption key or when using inputsecret()
+- for entering an encryption key or when using inputsecret()
-- when Vim was not compiled with the +vertsplit feature
+- when Vim was not compiled with the |+vertsplit| feature
 
 Some options are set when the command-line window is opened:
 'filetype'	"vim", when editing an Ex command-line; this starts Vim syntax

runtime/doc/debug.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debug.txt*     For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 May 01
+*debug.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -10,7 +10,8 @@ This is for debugging Vim itself, when it doesn't work properly.
 For debugging Vim scripts, functions, etc. see |debug-scripts|
 
 1. Location of a crash, using gcc and gdb	|debug-gcc|
-2. Windows Bug Reporting			|debug-win32|
+2. Locating memory leaks			|debug-leaks|
+3. Windows Bug Reporting			|debug-win32|
 
 ==============================================================================
 
@@ -20,8 +21,9 @@ When Vim crashes in one of the test files, and you are using gcc for
 compilation, here is what you can do to find out exactly where Vim crashes.
 This also applies when using the MingW tools.
 
-1. Compile Vim with the "-g" option (there is a line in the Makefile for this,
+1. Compile Vim with the "-g" option (there is a line in the src/Makefile for
-   which you can uncomment).
+   this, which you can uncomment).  Also make sure "strip" is disabled (do not
+   install it, or use the line "STRIP = /bin/true").
 
 2. Execute these commands (replace "11" with the test that fails): >
 	cd testdir
@@ -38,13 +40,35 @@ This also applies when using the MingW tools.
 
 ==============================================================================
 
-2. Windows Bug Reporting				*debug-win32*
+2. Locating memory leaks			*debug-leaks* *valgrind*
+
+If you suspect Vim is leaking memory and you are using Linux, the valgrind
+tool is very useful to pinpoint memory leaks.
+
+First of all, build Vim with EXITFREE defined.  Search for this in MAKEFILE
+and uncomment the line.
+
+Use this command to start Vim:
+>
+	valgrind --log-file=valgrind.log --leak-check=full ./vim
+
+Note: Vim will run much slower.  If your .vimrc is big or you have several
+plugins you need to be patient for startup, or run with the "-u NONE"
+argument.
+
+There are often a few leaks from libraries, such as getpwuid() and
+XtVaAppCreateShell().  Those are unavoidable.  The number of bytes should be
+very small a Kbyte or less.
+
+==============================================================================
+
+3. Windows Bug Reporting				*debug-win32*
 
 If the Windows version of Vim crashes in a reproducible manner, you can take
 some steps to provide a useful bug report.
 
 
-GENERIC ~
+3.1 GENERIC ~
 
 You must obtain the debugger symbols (PDB) file for your executable: gvim.pdb
 for gvim.exe, or vim.pdb for vim.exe. The PDB should be available from the
@@ -66,7 +90,7 @@ a Vim executable compiled with the Borland compiler; gdb (see above
 
 
 								*debug-vs2005*
-2.2 Debugging Vim crashes with Visual Studio 2005/Visual C++ 2005 Express ~
+3.2 Debugging Vim crashes with Visual Studio 2005/Visual C++ 2005 Express ~
 
 First launch vim.exe or gvim.exe and then launch Visual Studio.  (If you don't
 have Visual Studio, follow the instructions at |get-ms-debuggers| to obtain a
@@ -100,7 +124,7 @@ installed as a just-in-time debugger. Use WinDbg, |debug-windbg|, if you
 need to save minidumps or you want a just-in-time (postmortem) debugger.
 
 								*debug-windbg*
-2.3 Debugging Vim crashes with WinDbg ~
+3.3 Debugging Vim crashes with WinDbg ~
 
 See |get-ms-debuggers| to obtain a copy of WinDbg.
 
@@ -126,7 +150,7 @@ To save a minidump, type the following at the WinDbg command line: >
         .dump vim.dmp
 <
 							*debug-minidump*
-2.4 Opening a Minidump ~
+3.4 Opening a Minidump ~
 
 If you have a minidump file, you can open it in Visual Studio or in WinDbg.
 
@@ -138,7 +162,7 @@ In WinDbg: choose Open Crash Dump on the File menu. Follow the instructions in
 |debug-windbg| to set the Symbol File Path.
 
 							*get-ms-debuggers*
-2.5 Obtaining Microsoft Debugging Tools ~
+3.5 Obtaining Microsoft Debugging Tools ~
 
 The Debugging Tools for Windows (including WinDbg) can be downloaded from
     http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/devtools/debugging/default.mspx

runtime/doc/debugger.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Dec 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ completely different editor.  Extensions are done with a "Vi spirit".
   hard time finding and remembering them.  Keep in mind that more commands and
   options will be added later.
 - A feature that people do not know about is a useless feature.  Don't add
-  obscure features, or at least add hints in documentation that they exists.
+  obscure features, or at least add hints in documentation that they exist.
 - Minimize using CTRL and other modifiers, they are more difficult to type.
 - There are many first-time and inexperienced Vim users.  Make it easy for
   them to start using Vim and learn more over time.
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Wrong:	var=a*5;
 OK:	var = a * 5;
 
 In general: Use empty lines to group lines of code together.  Put a comment
-just above the group of lines.  This makes it more easy to quickly see what is
+just above the group of lines.  This makes it easier to quickly see what is
 being done.
 
 OK:	/* Prepare for building the table. */

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jul 21
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
 
 
 				*diff* *vimdiff* *gvimdiff* *diff-mode*
-This file describes the +diff feature: Showing differences between two,
+This file describes the |+diff| feature: Showing differences between two,
 three or four versions of the same file.
 
 The basics are explained in section |08.7| of the user manual.
@@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ In each of the edited files these options are set:
 
 	'diff'		on
 	'scrollbind'	on
+	'cursorbind'	on
 	'scrollopt'	includes "hor"
 	'wrap'		off
 	'foldmethod'	"diff"
@@ -64,6 +65,9 @@ In each of the edited files these options are set:
 
 These options are set local to the window.  When editing another file they are
 reset to the global value.
+The options can still be overruled from a modeline when re-editing the file.
+However, 'foldmethod' and 'wrap' won't be set from a modeline when 'diff' is
+set.
 
 The differences shown are actually the differences in the buffer.  Thus if you
 make changes after loading a file, these will be included in the displayed
@@ -91,7 +95,7 @@ While already in Vim you can start diff mode in three ways.
 :diffthis	Make the current window part of the diff windows.  This sets
 		the options like for "vimdiff".
 
-:diffpatch {patchfile}					*:diffp* *:diffpatch*
+:diffpatch {patchfile}				 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
 		Use the current buffer, patch it with the diff found in
 		{patchfile} and open a buffer on the result.  The options are
 		set as for "vimdiff".
@@ -121,7 +125,8 @@ file for a moment and come back to the same file and be in diff mode again.
 							*:diffo* *:diffoff*
 :diffoff	Switch off diff mode for the current window.
 
-:diffoff!	Switch off diff mode for all windows in the current tab page.
+:diffoff!	Switch off diff mode for the current window and in all windows
+		in the current tab page where 'diff' is set.
 
 The ":diffoff" command resets the relevant options to their default value.
 This may be different from what the values were before diff mode was started,
@@ -129,6 +134,7 @@ the old values are not remembered.
 
 	'diff'		off
 	'scrollbind'	off
+	'cursorbind'	off
 	'scrollopt'	without "hor"
 	'wrap'		on
 	'foldmethod'	"manual"
@@ -237,7 +243,8 @@ that the buffers will be equal within the specified range.
 							*:diffg* *:diffget*
 :[range]diffg[et] [bufspec]
 		Modify the current buffer to undo difference with another
-		buffer.  If [bufspec] is given, that buffer is used.
+		buffer.  If [bufspec] is given, that buffer is used.  If
+		[bufspec] refers to the current buffer then nothing happens.
 		Otherwise this only works if there is one other buffer in diff
 		mode.
 		See below for [range].
@@ -254,10 +261,12 @@ that the buffers will be equal within the specified range.
 							*do*
 do		Same as ":diffget" without argument or range.  The "o" stands
 		for "obtain" ("dg" can't be used, it could be the start of
-		"dgg"!).
+		"dgg"!). Note: this doesn't work in Visual mode.
 
 							*dp*
 dp		Same as ":diffput" without argument or range.
+		Note: this doesn't work in Visual mode.
+
 
 When no [range] is given, the diff at the cursor position or just above it is
 affected.  When [range] is used, Vim tries to only put or get the specified
@@ -323,7 +332,7 @@ The "1a2" item appends the line "bbb".
 The "4d4" item deletes the line "111".
 The '7c7" item replaces the line "GGG" with "ggg".
 
-When 'diffexpr' is not empty, Vim evaluates to obtain a diff file in the
+When 'diffexpr' is not empty, Vim evaluates it to obtain a diff file in the
 format mentioned.  These variables are set to the file names used:
 
 	v:fname_in		original file
@@ -353,7 +362,7 @@ The "-a" argument is used to force comparing the files as text, comparing as
 binaries isn't useful.  The "--binary" argument makes the files read in binary
 mode, so that a CTRL-Z doesn't end the text on DOS.
 
-						*E97*
+						*E810* *E97*
 Vim will do a test if the diff output looks alright.  If it doesn't, you will
 get an error message.  Possible causes:
 -  The "diff" program cannot be executed.
@@ -364,9 +373,9 @@ get an error message.  Possible causes:
 If it's not clear what the problem is set the 'verbose' option to one or more
 to see more messages.
 
-The self-installing Vim includes a diff program.  If you don't have it you
+The self-installing Vim for MS-Windows includes a diff program.  If you don't
-might want to download a diff.exe.  For example from
+have it you might want to download a diff.exe.  For example from
-http://jlb.twu.net/code/unixkit.php.
+http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/packages/diffutils.htm.
 
 
 USING PATCHES					*diff-patchexpr*

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Aug 09
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Feb 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -270,16 +270,17 @@ If you want to keep the changed buffer without saving it, switch on the
 			Normal mode.  Otherwise same as |:edit|.
 
 							*:vie* *:view*
-:vie[w] [++opt] [+cmd] file
+:vie[w][!] [++opt] [+cmd] file
 			When used in Ex mode: Leave |Ex mode|, go back to
 			Normal mode.  Otherwise same as |:edit|, but set
 			'readonly' option for this buffer.  {not in Vi}
 
 							*CTRL-^* *CTRL-6*
-CTRL-^			Edit the alternate file (equivalent to ":e #").
+CTRL-^			Edit the alternate file.  Mostly the alternate file is
-			Mostly the alternate file is the previously edited
+			the previously edited file.  This is a quick way to
-			file.  This is a quick way to toggle between two
+			toggle between two files.  It is equivalent to ":e #",
-			files.
+			except that it also works when there is no file name.
+
 			If the 'autowrite' or 'autowriteall' option is on and
 			the buffer was changed, write it.
 			Mostly the ^ character is positioned on the 6 key,
@@ -462,7 +463,10 @@ converted and illegal bytes.  It can be one of three things:
     ++bad=drop   Remove the bad characters.
 
 The default is like "++bad=?": Replace each bad character with a question
-mark.
+mark.  In some places an inverted question mark is used (0xBF).
+
+Note that not all commands use the ++bad argument, even though they do not
+give an error when you add it.  E.g. |:write|.
 
 Note that when reading, the 'fileformat' and 'fileencoding' options will be
 set to the used format.  When writing this doesn't happen, thus a next write
@@ -779,7 +783,7 @@ fourth file in the argument list.  This happens when you do ":e file".
 LOCAL ARGUMENT LIST
 
 {not in Vi}
-{not available when compiled without the |+windows| or |+listcmds| feature}
+{not available when compiled without the |+windows| or |+listcmds| features}
 
 							*:arglocal*
 :argl[ocal]		Make a local copy of the global argument list.
@@ -837,7 +841,7 @@ USING THE ARGUMENT LIST
 Example: >
 	:args *.c
 	:argdo set ff=unix | update
-This sets the 'fileformat' option to "unix" and writes the file if is now
+This sets the 'fileformat' option to "unix" and writes the file if it is now
 changed.  This is done for all *.c files.
 
 Example: >
@@ -981,6 +985,11 @@ explanation of when the copy is made and when the file is renamed.
 If the creation of a backup file fails, the write is not done.  If you want
 to write anyway add a '!' to the command.
 
+							*write-permissions*
+When writing a new file the permissions are read-write.  For unix the mask is
+0666 with additionally umask applied.  When writing a file that was read Vim
+will preserve the permissions, but clear the s-bit.
+
 							*write-readonly*
 When the 'cpoptions' option contains 'W', Vim will refuse to overwrite a
 readonly file.  When 'W' is not present, ":w!" will overwrite a readonly file,
@@ -1168,14 +1177,21 @@ If you want to always use ":confirm", set the 'confirm' option.
 			*:browse* *:bro* *E338* *E614* *E615* *E616* *E578*
 :bro[wse] {command}	Open a file selection dialog for an argument to
 			{command}.  At present this works for |:e|, |:w|,
-			|:r|, |:saveas|, |:sp|, |:mkexrc|, |:mkvimrc|,
+			|:wall|, |:wq|, |:wqall|, |:x|, |:xall|, |:exit|,
-			|:mksession|, |:split|, |:vsplit|, and |:tabe|.
+			|:view|, |:sview|, |:r|, |:saveas|, |:sp|, |:mkexrc|,
+			|:mkvimrc|, |:mksession|, |:mkview|, |:split|,
+			|:vsplit|, |:tabe|, |:tabnew|, |:cfile|, |:cgetfile|,
+			|:caddfile|, |:lfile|, |:lgetfile|, |:laddfile|,
+			|:diffsplit|, |:diffpatch|, |:open|, |:pedit|,
+			|:redir|, |:source|, |:update|, |:visual|, |:vsplit|,
+			and |:qall| if 'confirm' is set.
 			{only in Win32, Athena, Motif, GTK and Mac GUI}
 			When ":browse" is not possible you get an error
 			message.  If the |+browse| feature is missing or the
 			{command} doesn't support browsing, the {command} is
 			executed without a dialog.
 			":browse set" works like |:options|.
+			See also |:oldfiles| for ":browse oldfiles".
 
 The syntax is best shown via some examples: >
 	:browse e $vim/foo
@@ -1328,11 +1344,14 @@ There are a few things to remember when editing binary files:
 
 Vim is able to write files encrypted, and read them back.  The encrypted text
 cannot be read without the right key.
+{only available when compiled with the |+cryptv| feature}  *E833*
 
-Note: The swapfile and text in memory is not encrypted.  A system
+The text in the swap file and the undo file is also encrypted.  *E843*
-administrator will be able to see your text while you are editing it.
+
-When filtering text with ":!filter" or using ":w !command" the text is not
+Note: The text in memory is not encrypted.  A system administrator may be able
-encrypted, this may reveal it to others.
+to see your text while you are editing it.  When filtering text with
+":!filter" or using ":w !command" the text is not encrypted, this may reveal
+it to others.  The 'viminfo' file is not encrypted.
 
 WARNING: If you make a typo when entering the key and then write the file and
 exit, the text will be lost!
@@ -1358,10 +1377,38 @@ the file is encrypted.
 To disable the encryption, reset the 'key' option to an empty value: >
 	:set key=
 
-When reading a file that has been encrypted and this option is not empty, it
+You can use the 'cryptmethod' option to select the type of encryption, use one
-will be used for decryption.  If the value is empty, you will be prompted to
+of these two: >
-enter the key.  If you don't enter a key, the file is edited without being
+	:setlocal cm=zip       " weak method, backwards compatible
-decrypted.
+	:setlocal cm=blowfish  " strong method
+Do this before writing the file.  When reading an encrypted file it will be
+set automatically to the method used when that file was written.  You can
+change 'cryptmethod' before writing that file to change the method.
+To set the default method, used for new files, use one of these in your
+|vimrc| file: >
+	set cm=zip
+	set cm=blowfish
+The message given for reading and writing a file will show "[crypted]" when
+using zip, "[blowfish]" when using blowfish.
+
+When writing an undo file, the same key and method will be used for the text
+in the undo file. |persistent-undo|.
+
+						*E817* *E818* *E819* *E820*
+When encryption does not work properly, you would be able to write your text
+to a file and never be able to read it back.  Therefore a test is performed to
+check if the encryption works as expected.  If you get one of these errors
+don't write the file encrypted!  You need to rebuild the Vim binary to fix
+this.
+
+*E831* This is an internal error, "cannot happen".  If you can reproduce it,
+please report to the developers.
+
+When reading a file that has been encrypted and the 'key' option is not empty,
+it will be used for decryption.  If the value is empty, you will be prompted
+to enter the key.  If you don't enter a key, or you enter the wrong key, the
+file is edited without being decrypted.  There is no warning about using the
+wrong key (this makes brute force methods to find the key more difficult).
 
 If want to start reading a file that uses a different key, set the 'key'
 option to an empty string, so that Vim will prompt for a new one.  Don't use
@@ -1371,10 +1418,13 @@ your shoulder.
 Since the value of the 'key' option is supposed to be a secret, its value can
 never be viewed.  You should not set this option in a vimrc file.
 
-An encrypted file can be recognized by the "file" command, if you add this
+An encrypted file can be recognized by the "file" command, if you add these
-line to "/etc/magic", "/usr/share/misc/magic" or wherever your system has the
+lines to "/etc/magic", "/usr/share/misc/magic" or wherever your system has the
 "magic" file: >
      0	string	VimCrypt~	Vim encrypted file
+     >9	string	01	- "zip" cryptmethod
+     >9	string	02	- "blowfish" cryptmethod
+
 
 Notes:
 - Encryption is not possible when doing conversion with 'charconvert'.
@@ -1389,13 +1439,15 @@ Notes:
   history, showing the 'key' value in a viminfo file.
 - There is never 100% safety.  The encryption in Vim has not been tested for
   robustness.
-- The algorithm used is breakable.  A 4 character key in about one hour, a 6
+- The algorithm used for 'cryptmethod' "zip" is breakable.  A 4 character key
-  character key in one day (on a Pentium 133 PC).  This requires that you know
+  in about one hour, a 6 character key in one day (on a Pentium 133 PC).  This
-  some text that must appear in the file.  An expert can break it for any key.
+  requires that you know some text that must appear in the file.  An expert
-  When the text has been decrypted, this also means that the key can be
+  can break it for any key.  When the text has been decrypted, this also means
-  revealed, and other files encrypted with the same key can be decrypted.
+  that the key can be revealed, and other files encrypted with the same key
-- Pkzip uses the same encryption, and US Govt has no objection to its export.
+  can be decrypted.
-  Pkzip's public file APPNOTE.TXT describes this algorithm in detail.
+- Pkzip uses the same encryption as 'cryptmethod' "zip", and US Govt has no
+  objection to its export.  Pkzip's public file APPNOTE.TXT describes this
+  algorithm in detail.
 - Vim originates from the Netherlands.  That is where the sources come from.
   Thus the encryption code is not exported from the USA.
 
@@ -1456,6 +1508,17 @@ If you don't get warned often enough you can use the following command.
 			may be specified by name, number or with a pattern.
 
 
+							*E813* *E814*
+Vim will reload the buffer if you chose to.  If a window is visible that
+contains this buffer, the reloading will happen in the context of this window.
+Otherwise a special window is used, so that most autocommands will work.  You
+can't close this window.  A few other restrictions apply.  Best is to make
+sure nothing happens outside of the current buffer.  E.g., setting
+window-local options may end up in the wrong window.  Splitting the window,
+doing something there and closing it should be OK (if there are no side
+effects from other autocommands).  Closing unrelated windows and buffers will
+get you into trouble.
+
 Before writing a file the timestamp is checked.  If it has changed, Vim will
 ask if you really want to overwrite the file:
 
@@ -1569,10 +1632,13 @@ There are three different types of searching:
 
    In the above example you might want to set path to: >
 	:set path=**,/u/user_x/**
-<   This searches: >
+<  This searches:
-	/u/user_x/work/release/**
+	/u/user_x/work/release/** ~
-	/u/user_x/**
+	/u/user_x/** ~
-<   This searches the same directories, but in a different order.
+   This searches the same directories, but in a different order.
 
+   Note that completion for ":find", ":sfind", and ":tabfind" commands do not
+   currently work with 'path' items that contain a url or use the double star
+   (/usr/**2) or upward search (;) notations. >
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/evim-it.1

@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ e imposta le opzioni per farlo comportare come un editore "modeless".
 State sempre usando Vim, ma come un editore "posizionati-e-clicca".
 Simile all'uso di Notepad in MS-Windows.
 .B evim
-richiede la presenza della GUI, per avere a disposizione menu e barra
+richiede la presenza della GUI, per avere a disposizione men<EFBFBD> e barra
 strumenti.
 .PP
-Da usarsi solo da parte di chi non <20> in grado di lavorare con Vim nella
+Da usarsi soltanto se non si <EFBFBD> in grado di lavorare con Vim nella
 maniera usuale.
 La modifica file sar<61> molto meno efficiente.
 .PP
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ L'opzione 'insertmode'
 Sono definite delle mappature che consentono di usare COPIA e INCOLLA con i
 familiari tasti usati sotto MS-Windows.
 CTRL-X taglia testo, CTRL-C copia testo e CTRL-V incolla testo.
-Usate CTRL-Q per ottenere quello chs si ottierrebbe con CTRL-V in Vim nativo.
+Usate CTRL-Q per ottenere quello che si otterrebbe con CTRL-V in Vim nativo.
 .SH OPZIONI
 Vedere vim(1).
 .SH FILE
@@ -51,4 +51,4 @@ vim(1)
 Buona parte di
 .B Vim
 <EFBFBD> stato scritto da Bram Moolenaar, con molto aiuto da altri.
-Vedere il Menu "Aiuto/Crediti".
+Vedere il men<EFBFBD> "Aiuto/Crediti".

runtime/doc/evim-it.UTF-8.1

@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ e imposta le opzioni per farlo comportare come un editore "modeless".
 State sempre usando Vim, ma come un editore "posizionati-e-clicca".
 Simile all'uso di Notepad in MS-Windows.
 .B evim
-richiede la presenza della GUI, per avere a disposizione menu e barra
+richiede la presenza della GUI, per avere a disposizione menù e barra
 strumenti.
 .PP
-Da usarsi solo da parte di chi non è in grado di lavorare con Vim nella
+Da usarsi soltanto se non si è in grado di lavorare con Vim nella
 maniera usuale.
 La modifica file sarà molto meno efficiente.
 .PP
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ L'opzione 'insertmode' è impostata per poter immettere del testo direttamente.
 Sono definite delle mappature che consentono di usare COPIA e INCOLLA con i
 familiari tasti usati sotto MS-Windows.
 CTRL-X taglia testo, CTRL-C copia testo e CTRL-V incolla testo.
-Usate CTRL-Q per ottenere quello chs si ottierrebbe con CTRL-V in Vim nativo.
+Usate CTRL-Q per ottenere quello che si otterrebbe con CTRL-V in Vim nativo.
 .SH OPZIONI
 Vedere vim(1).
 .SH FILE
@@ -51,4 +51,4 @@ vim(1)
 Buona parte di
 .B Vim
 è stato scritto da Bram Moolenaar, con molto aiuto da altri.
-Vedere il Menu "Aiuto/Crediti".
+Vedere il menù "Aiuto/Crediti".

runtime/doc/evim-pl.1

@@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ uruchamia
 .B Vima
 i ustawia opcje tak by zachowywa<77> si<73> jak edytor bez tryb<79>w.
 To jest ca<63>y czas Vim ale u<>ywany jako edytor wska<6B>-i-kliknij.
-Zachowanie w stlu Notepada dla MS-Windows.
+Zachowanie w stylu Notepada dla MS-Windows.
 .B eVim
 b<EFBFBD>dzie zawsze uruchomiony w GUI by w<><77>czy<7A> menu i pasek narz<72>dzi.
 .PP
-Przeznaczony tylko dla ludzi, kt<6B>rzy naprawd<77> nie potrafi<EFBFBD> pracowa<77>
+Przeznaczony tylko dla ludzi, kt<6B>rzy naprawd<77> nie mog<EFBFBD> pracowa<77>
 z Vimem w normalny spos<6F>b. Edycja b<>dzie o wiele mniej efektywna.
 .PP
 .B eview
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ Opcja 'insertmode' jest ustawiona by mo
 tekst.
 .br
 Mapowania s<> ustawione tak by Kopiowanie i Wklejanie dzia<69>a<EFBFBD>o
-z klawiszami MS-Windows. CTRL-X wycina tekst, CTRL-C kopiuje
+z klawiszami MS-Windows. CTRL-X wycina, CTRL-C kopiuje a CTRL-V 
-a CTRL-V wkleja. U<>yj CTRL-Q by uzyska<6B> oryginalne znaczenie
+wkleja tekst. U<>yj CTRL-Q by uzyska<6B> oryginalne przeznaczenie
 CTRL-V.
 .SH OPCJE
 Zobacz vim(1).
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Zobacz vim(1).
 Skrypt uruchamiania dla eVima.
 .SH ZNANY JAKO
 Znany jako "Vim dla frajer<65>w".
-Je<EFBFBD>li u<>ywasz evima oczekuje si<73>, <20>e wyjmiesz chusteczk<7A> do nosa,
+Je<EFBFBD>li u<>ywasz eVima oczekuje si<73>, <20>e wyjmiesz chusteczk<7A> do nosa,
 zrobisz w<>z<EFBFBD><7A> w ka<6B>dym rogu i b<>dziesz to nosi<73> na g<>owie.
 .SH ZOBACZ TAK<EFBFBD>E
 vim(1)

runtime/doc/evim-pl.UTF-8.1

@@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ uruchamia
 .B Vima
 i ustawia opcje tak by zachowywał się jak edytor bez trybów.
 To jest cały czas Vim ale używany jako edytor wskaż-i-kliknij.
-Zachowanie w stlu Notepada dla MS-Windows.
+Zachowanie w stylu Notepada dla MS-Windows.
 .B eVim
 będzie zawsze uruchomiony w GUI by włączyć menu i pasek narzędzi.
 .PP
-Przeznaczony tylko dla ludzi, którzy naprawdę nie potrafią pracować
+Przeznaczony tylko dla ludzi, którzy naprawdę nie mogą pracować
 z Vimem w normalny sposób. Edycja będzie o wiele mniej efektywna.
 .PP
 .B eview
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ Opcja 'insertmode' jest ustawiona by można było od razu wpisywać
 tekst.
 .br
 Mapowania są ustawione tak by Kopiowanie i Wklejanie działało
-z klawiszami MS-Windows. CTRL-X wycina tekst, CTRL-C kopiuje
+z klawiszami MS-Windows. CTRL-X wycina, CTRL-C kopiuje a CTRL-V 
-a CTRL-V wkleja. Użyj CTRL-Q by uzyskać oryginalne znaczenie
+wkleja tekst. Użyj CTRL-Q by uzyskać oryginalne przeznaczenie
 CTRL-V.
 .SH OPCJE
 Zobacz vim(1).
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Zobacz vim(1).
 Skrypt uruchamiania dla eVima.
 .SH ZNANY JAKO
 Znany jako "Vim dla frajerów".
-Jeśli używasz evima oczekuje się, że wyjmiesz chusteczkę do nosa,
+Jeśli używasz eVima oczekuje się, że wyjmiesz chusteczkę do nosa,
 zrobisz węzęł w każdym rogu i będziesz to nosił na głowie.
 .SH ZOBACZ TAKŻE
 vim(1)

runtime/doc/farsi.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*farsi.txt*     For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*farsi.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Mortaza Ghassab Shiran
@@ -62,8 +62,8 @@ o  Toggling between Farsi ISIR-3342 standard encoding and Vim Farsi via F9
 Farsi Fonts					*farsi fonts*
 -----------
 
-If the "extra" archive has been unpacked, the following files are found in the
+The following files are found in the subdirectories of the '$VIM/farsi/fonts'
-subdirectories of the '$VIM/farsi' directory:
+directory:
 
    +  far-a01.pcf    X Windows fonts for Unix including Linux systems
    +  far-a01.bf     X Windows fonts for SunOS

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jul 15
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Jul 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 May 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
 
 
-Folding						*Folding* *folding*
+Folding						*Folding* *folding* *folds*
 
 You can find an introduction on folding in chapter 28 of the user manual.
 |usr_28.txt|
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ You can find an introduction on folding in chapter 28 of the user manual.
 4. Behavior of folds	|fold-behavior|
 
 {Vi has no Folding}
-{not available when compiled without the +folding feature}
+{not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Fold methods					*fold-methods*
@@ -127,6 +127,9 @@ fold level.  But note that foldlevel() may return -1 if the level is not known
 yet.  And it returns the level at the start of the line, while a fold might
 end in that line.
 
+It may happened that folds are not updated properly.  You can use |zx| or |zX|
+to force updating folds.
+
 
 SYNTAX						*fold-syntax*
 
@@ -274,7 +277,7 @@ zf{motion}  or
 		Also see |fold-create-marker|.
 
 							*zF*
-zF		Create a fold for N lines.  Works like "zf".
+zF		Create a fold for [count] lines.  Works like "zf".
 
 :{range}fo[ld]						*:fold* *:fo*
 		Create a fold for the lines in {range}.  Works like "zf".
@@ -352,9 +355,13 @@ zv		View cursor line: Open just enough folds to make the line in
 							*zx*
 zx		Update folds: Undo manually opened and closed folds: re-apply
 		'foldlevel', then do "zv": View cursor line.
+		Also forces recomputing folds.  This is useful when using
+		'foldexpr' and the buffer is changed in a way that results in
+		folds not to be updated properly.
 
 							*zX*
 zX		Undo manually opened and closed folds: re-apply 'foldlevel'.
+		Also forces recomputing folds, like |zx|.
 
 							*zm*
 zm		Fold more: Subtract one from 'foldlevel'.  If 'foldlevel' was
@@ -399,24 +406,24 @@ MOVING OVER FOLDS ~
 [z		Move to the start of the current open fold.  If already at the
 		start, move to the start of the fold that contains it.  If
 		there is no containing fold, the command fails.
-		When a count is used, repeats the command N times.
+		When a count is used, repeats the command [count] times.
 
 							*]z*
 ]z		Move to the end of the current open fold.  If already at the
 		end, move to the end of the fold that contains it.  If there
 		is no containing fold, the command fails.
-		When a count is used, repeats the command N times.
+		When a count is used, repeats the command [count] times.
 
 							*zj*
 zj		Move downwards to the start of the next fold.  A closed fold
 		is counted as one fold.
-		When a count is used, repeats the command N times.
+		When a count is used, repeats the command [count] times.
 		This command can be used after an |operator|.
 
 							*zk*
 zk		Move upwards to the end of the previous fold.  A closed fold
 		is counted as one fold.
-		When a count is used, repeats the command N times.
+		When a count is used, repeats the command [count] times.
 		This command can be used after an |operator|.
 
 

runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_ada.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 21
+*ft_ada.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
 
 
 		    ADA FILE TYPE PLUG-INS REFERENCE MANUAL~
@@ -6,20 +6,20 @@
 ADA								      *ada.vim*
 
 1.  Syntax Highlighting			    |ft-ada-syntax|
-2.  Plug-in				    |ft-ada-plugin|
+2.  File type Plug-in			    |ft-ada-plugin|
 3.  Omni Completion			    |ft-ada-omni|
     3.1 Omni Completion with "gnat xref"	|gnat-xref|
     3.2 Omni Completion with "ctags"		|ada-ctags|
 4.  Compiler Support			    |ada-compiler|
     4.1 GNAT					|compiler-gnat|
-    4.1 Dec Ada					|compiler-decada|
+    4.2 Dec Ada					|compiler-decada|
 5.  References				    |ada-reference|
     5.1 Options					|ft-ada-options|
-    5.2 Functions				|ft-ada-functions|
+    5.2 Commands				|ft-ada-commands|
-    5.3 Commands				|ft-ada-commands|
+    5.3 Variables				|ft-ada-variables|
-    5.4 Variables				|ft-ada-variables|
+    5.4 Constants				|ft-ada-constants|
-    5.5 Constants				|ft-ada-constants|
+    5.5 Functions				|ft-ada-functions|
-8.  Extra Plug-ins			    |ada-extra-plugins|
+6.  Extra Plug-ins			    |ada-extra-plugins|
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Syntax Highlighting ~
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ The Ada plug-in provides support for:
  - comment handling	(|'comments'|, |'commentstring'|)
 
 The plug-in only activates the features of the Ada mode whenever an Ada
-files is opened and add adds Ada related entries to the main and pop-up menu.
+file is opened and adds Ada related entries to the main and pop-up menu.
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Omni Completion ~
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ support yet.
 4. Compiler Support ~
 								*ada-compiler*
 
-The Ada mode supports more then one Ada compiler and will automatically load the
+The Ada mode supports more than one Ada compiler and will automatically load the
 compiler set in |g:ada_default_compiler| whenever an Ada source is opened. The
 provided compiler plug-ins are split into the actual compiler plug-in and a
 collection of support functions and variables. This allows the easy
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ environment.
 							       *compiler-gnat*
 
 GNAT is the only free (beer and speech) Ada compiler available. There are
-several version available which differentiate in the licence terms used.
+several versions available which differ in the licence terms used.
 
 The GNAT compiler plug-in will perform a compile on pressing <F7> and then
 immediately shows the result. You can set the project file to be used by
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ setting:
  > call g:gnat.Set_Project_File ('my_project.gpr')
 
 Setting a project file will also create a Vim session (|views-sessions|) so -
-like with the GPS - opened files, window positions etc. will remembered
+like with the GPS - opened files, window positions etc. will be remembered
 separately for all projects.
 
 								*gnat_members*
@@ -176,11 +176,11 @@ g:gnat.Make()
 
 							     *g:gnat.Pretty()*
 g:gnat.Pretty()
-		Calls|g:gnat.Pretty_Command|
+		Calls |g:gnat.Pretty_Program|
 
 							       *g:gnat.Find()*
 g:gnat.Find()
-		Calls|g:gnat.Find_Command|
+		Calls |g:gnat.Find_Program|
 
 							       *g:gnat.Tags()*
 g:gnat.Tags()
@@ -228,9 +228,9 @@ and HP Ada) is a fairly dated Ada 83 compiler. Support is basic: <F7> will
 compile the current unit.
 
 The Dec Ada compiler expects the package name and not the file name to be
-passed a parameter. The compiler plug-in supports the usual file name
+passed as a parameter. The compiler plug-in supports the usual file name
-convention to convert the file into a unit name. For separates both '-' and
+convention to convert the file into a unit name. Both '-' and '__' are allowed
-'__' are allowed.
+as separators.
 
 							      *decada_members*
 DEC ADA OBJECT ~
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ g:decada.Unit_Name()	function
 
 						       *g:decada.Make_Command*
 g:decada.Make_Command	string
-		External command used for|g:decadat.Make()| (|'makeprg'|).
+		External command used for |g:decada.Make()| (|'makeprg'|).
 
 						       *g:decada.Error_Format*
 g:decada.Error_Format|	string
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ g:decada.Error_Format|	string
 
 							*g:ada_standard_types*
 g:ada_standard_types	bool (true when exists)
-		Highlight types in package Standard (e.g., "Float")
+		Highlight types in package Standard (e.g., "Float").
 
 							  *g:ada_space_errors*
 						  *g:ada_no_trail_space_error*
@@ -279,13 +279,13 @@ g:ada_space_errors	 bool (true when exists)
 
 							   *g:ada_line_errors*
 g:ada_line_errors	  bool (true when exists)
-		Highlight lines which are to long. Note: This highlighting
+		Highlight lines which are too long. Note: This highlighting
 		option is quite CPU intensive.
 
 							 *g:ada_rainbow_color*
 g:ada_rainbow_color	  bool (true when exists)
 		Use rainbow colours for '(' and ')'. You need the
-		rainbow_parenthesis for this to work
+		rainbow_parenthesis for this to work.
 
 							       *g:ada_folding*
 g:ada_folding		  set ('sigpft')
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ g:ada_folding		  set ('sigpft')
 
 								*g:ada_abbrev*
 g:ada_abbrev		  bool (true when exists)
-		Add some abbreviations. This feature more or less superseded
+		Add some abbreviations. This feature is more or less superseded
 		by the various completion methods.
 
 						      *g:ada_withuse_ordinary*
@@ -359,23 +359,23 @@ g:ada_with_gnat_project_files	 bool (true when exists)
 
 						      *g:ada_default_compiler*
 g:ada_default_compiler	  string
-		set default compiler. Currently supported is 'gnat' and
+		set default compiler. Currently supported are 'gnat' and
 		'decada'.
 
-An "exists" type is a boolean is considered true when the variable is defined
+An "exists" type is a boolean considered true when the variable is defined and
-and false when the variable is undefined. The value which the variable is
+false when the variable is undefined. The value to which the variable is set
-set makes no difference.
+makes no difference.
 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-5.3 Commands ~
+5.2 Commands ~
 							     *ft-ada-commands*
 
 :AdaRainbow							 *:AdaRainbow*
 		Toggles rainbow colour (|g:ada_rainbow_color|) mode for
-		'(' and ')'
+		'(' and ')'.
 
 :AdaLines							   *:AdaLines*
-		Toggles line error (|g:ada_line_errors|) display
+		Toggles line error (|g:ada_line_errors|) display.
 
 :AdaSpaces							  *:AdaSpaces*
 		Toggles space error (|g:ada_space_errors|) display.
@@ -406,8 +406,8 @@ set makes no difference.
 g:gnat			    object
 		Control object which manages GNAT compiles.  The object
 		is created when the first Ada source code is loaded provided
-		that |g:ada_default_compiler|is set to 'gnat'. See|gnat_members|
+		that |g:ada_default_compiler| is set to 'gnat'. See
-		for details.
+		|gnat_members| for details.
 
 								    *g:decada*
 g:decada		      object
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ All constants are locked. See |:lockvar| for details.
 
 							     *g:ada#WordRegex*
 g:ada#WordRegex		string
-		Regular expression to search for Ada words
+		Regular expression to search for Ada words.
 
 							  *g:ada#DotWordRegex*
 g:ada#DotWordRegex	string
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ g:ada#DotWordRegex	string
 
 							       *g:ada#Comment*
 g:ada#Comment		string
-		Regular expression to search for Ada comments
+		Regular expression to search for Ada comments.
 
 							      *g:ada#Keywords*
 g:ada#Keywords		list of dictionaries
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ g:ada#Ctags_Kinds	dictionary of lists
 		for Ctags generates.
 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-5.2 Functions ~
+5.5 Functions ~
 							    *ft-ada-functions*
 
 ada#Word([{line}, {col}])					  *ada#Word()*
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ ada#Word([{line}, {col}])					  *ada#Word()*
 
 ada#List_Tag([{line}, {col}])				      *ada#Listtags()*
 		List all occurrences of the Ada entity under the cursor (or at
-		given line/column) inside the quick-fix window
+		given line/column) inside the quick-fix window.
 
 ada#Jump_Tag ({ident}, {mode})				      *ada#Jump_Tag()*
 		List all occurrences of the Ada entity under the cursor (or at
@@ -479,11 +479,11 @@ gnat#New ()
 
 
 ==============================================================================
-8. Extra Plugins ~
+6. Extra Plugins ~
 							   *ada-extra-plugins*
 
-You can optionally install the following extra plug-in. They work well with Ada
+You can optionally install the following extra plug-ins. They work well with
-and enhance the ability of the Ada mode.:
+Ada and enhance the ability of the Ada mode:
 
 backup.vim
 	http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1537
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ nerd_comments.vim
 matchit.vim
 	http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=39
 	'%' jumping for any language. The normal '%' jump only works for '{}'
-	style languages. The Ada mode will set the needed search patters.
+	style languages. The Ada mode will set the needed search patterns.
 
 taglist.vim
 	http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=273

runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: Wed Apr 26 2006 3:05:33 PM
+*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
 
 by David Fishburn
 
@@ -15,7 +15,8 @@ features for navigation, indentation and syntax highlighting.
     1.4 Macros					|sql-macros|
 2. SQL Dialects					|sql-dialects|
     2.1 SQLSetType				|SQLSetType|
-    2.2 SQL Dialect Default			|sql-type-default|
+    2.2 SQLGetType				|SQLGetType|
+    2.3 SQL Dialect Default			|sql-type-default|
 3. Adding new SQL Dialects			|sql-adding-dialects|
 4. OMNI SQL Completion				|sql-completion|
     4.1 Static mode				|sql-completion-static|
@@ -204,7 +205,7 @@ Press any of the following keys: >
 						*sqlanywhere*
 						*oracle* *plsql* *sqlj*
 						*sqlserver*
-						*mysql* *postgres* *psql*
+						*mysql* *postgresql* *psql*
 						*informix*
 
 All relational databases support SQL.  There is a portion of SQL that is
@@ -231,7 +232,7 @@ be nice to specify a default in your |vimrc|.
 
 2.1 SQLSetType					*sqlsettype* *SQLSetType*
 --------------
-For the people that work with many different databases, it would be nice to be
+For the people that work with many different databases, it is nice to be
 able to flip between the various vendors rules (indent, syntax) on a per
 buffer basis, at any time.  The ftplugin/sql.vim file defines this function: >
     SQLSetType
@@ -259,7 +260,17 @@ of available Vim script names: >
     :SQL<Tab><space><Tab>
 
 
-2.2 SQL Dialect Default				*sql-type-default*
+2.2 SQLGetType					*sqlgettype* *SQLGetType*
+--------------
+At anytime you can determine which SQL dialect you are using by calling the
+SQLGetType command.  The ftplugin/sql.vim file defines this function: >
+    SQLGetType
+
+This will echo: >
+    Current SQL dialect in use:sqlanywhere
+
+
+2.3 SQL Dialect Default				*sql-type-default*
 -----------------------
 As mentioned earlier, the default syntax rules for Vim is based on Oracle
 (PL/SQL).  You can override this default by placing one of the following in
@@ -331,6 +342,10 @@ The defaults static maps are: >
     imap <buffer> <C-C>T <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlType')<CR><C-X><C-O>
     imap <buffer> <C-C>s <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlStatement')<CR><C-X><C-O>
 
+The use of "<C-C>" can be user chosen by using the following in your |.vimrc| as it 
+may not work properly on all platforms: >
+    let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key = '<C-C>'
+>
 The static maps (which are based on the syntax highlight groups) follow this
 format: >
     imap <buffer> <C-C>k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlKeyword')<CR><C-X><C-O>
@@ -412,15 +427,19 @@ the space bar):
      View List		   - <C-C>v
      Column List	   - <C-C>c
 
-     Windows platform only  - When viewing a popup window displaying the list
+     Drilling In / Out     - When viewing a popup window displaying the list
-			      of tables, you can press <C-Right>, this will
+			     of tables, you can press <Right>, this will
 			     replace the table currently highlighted with
 			     the column list for that table.
 			   - When viewing a popup window displaying the list
-			      of columns, you can press <C-Left>, this will
+			     of columns, you can press <Left>, this will
 			     replace the column list with the list of tables.
 			   - This allows you to quickly drill down into a
 			     table to view it's columns and back again.
+			   - <Right> and <Left> can be also be chosen via
+			     your |.vimrc| >
+                                let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right = '<Right>'
+                                let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left  = '<Left>'
 
 The SQL completion plugin caches various lists that are displayed in
 the popup window.  This makes the re-displaying of these lists very
@@ -498,38 +517,32 @@ beginning with those characters.  >
 The SQL completion plugin can also display a list of columns for particular
 tables.  The column completion is trigger via <C-C>c.
 
-NOTE: The following example uses <C-Right> to trigger a column list while
+NOTE: The following example uses <Right> to trigger a column list while
-the popup window is active.  This map is only available on the Windows
+      the popup window is active.  
-platforms since *nix does not recognize CTRL and the right arrow held down
-together.  If you wish to enable this functionality on a *nix platform choose
-a key and create one of these mappings (see |sql-completion-maps| for further
-details on where to create this imap): >
-    imap <buffer> <your_keystroke> <C-R>=sqlcomplete#DrillIntoTable()<CR>
-    imap <buffer> <your_keystroke> <C-Y><C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('column')<CR><C-X><C-O>
 
 Example of using column completion:
      - Press <C-C>t again to display the list of tables.
-     - When the list is displayed in the completion window, press <C-Right>,
+     - When the list is displayed in the completion window, press <Right>,
        this will replace the list of tables, with a list of columns for the
        table highlighted (after the same short delay).
-     - If you press <C-Left>, this will again replace the column list with the
+     - If you press <Left>, this will again replace the column list with the
        list of tables.  This allows you to drill into tables and column lists
        very quickly.
-     - Press <C-Right> again while the same table is highlighted.  You will
+     - Press <Right> again while the same table is highlighted.  You will
        notice there is no delay since the column list has been cached.  If you
        change the schema of a cached table you can press <C-C>R, which
        clears the SQL completion cache.
-     - NOTE: <C-Right> and <C-Left> have been designed to work while the
+     - NOTE: <Right> and <Left> have been designed to work while the
        completion window is active.  If the completion popup window is
-       not active, a normal <C-Right> or <C-Left> will be executed.
+       not active, a normal <Right> or <Left> will be executed.
 
-Lets look how we can build a SQL statement dynamically.  A select statement
+Let's look at how we can build a SQL statement dynamically.  A select statement
 requires a list of columns.  There are two ways to build a column list using
 the SQL completion plugin. >
     One column at a time:
 <       1. After typing SELECT press <C-C>t to display a list of tables.
 	2. Choose a table from the list.
-	3. Press <C-Right> to display a list of columns.
+	3. Press <Right> to display a list of columns.
 	4. Choose the column from the list and press enter.
 	5. Enter a "," and press <C-C>c.  Generating a column list
 	   generally requires having the cursor on a table name.  The plugin
@@ -619,7 +632,7 @@ your |vimrc|: >
 		   MYTABLENAME --> M
 
     omni_sql_ignorecase
-<	- Default: Current setting for|ignorecase|
+<	- Default: Current setting for 'ignorecase'
 	- Valid settings are 0 or 1.
 	- When entering a few letters before initiating completion, the list
 	  will be filtered to display only the entries which begin with the
@@ -632,7 +645,7 @@ your |vimrc|: >
 	- When completing tables, procedure or views and using dbext.vim 3.00
 	  or higher the list of objects will also include the owner name.
 	  When completing these objects and omni_sql_include_owner is enabled
-	  the owner name will be replaced. >
+	  the owner name will be be replaced. >
 
     omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups
 <	- Default:
@@ -684,15 +697,15 @@ plugin. >
     <C-C>L
 <       - Displays a comma separated list of columns for a specific table.
 	  This should only be used when the completion window is active. >
-    <C-Right>
+    <Right>
 <	- Displays a list of columns for the table currently highlighted in
-	  the completion window.  <C-Right> is not recognized on most Unix
+	  the completion window.  <Right> is not recognized on most Unix
 	  systems, so this maps is only created on the Windows platform.
 	  If you would like the same feature on Unix, choose a different key
 	  and make the same map in your vimrc. >
-    <C-Left>
+    <Left>
 <	- Displays the list of tables.
-	  <C-Left> is not recognized on most Unix systems, so this maps is
+	  <Left> is not recognized on most Unix systems, so this maps is
 	  only created on the Windows platform.  If you would like the same
 	  feature on Unix, choose a different key and make the same map in
 	  your vimrc. >
@@ -725,8 +738,8 @@ platform you can also use <C-Space> or ALT keys.
 
 Many times SQL can be used with different filetypes.  For example Perl, Java,
 PHP, Javascript can all interact with a database.  Often you need both the SQL
-completion as well as the completion capabilities for the current language you
+completion and the completion capabilities for the current language you are
-are editing.
+editing.
 
 This can be enabled easily with the following steps (assuming a Perl file): >
     1.  :e test.pl

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 14
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Nov 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ GUI version of Vim with:
 The X11 version of Vim can run both in GUI and in non-GUI mode.  See
 |gui-x11-start|.
 
-					*gui-init* *gvimrc* *.gvimrc* *_gvimrc*
+			*gui-init* *gvimrc* *.gvimrc* *_gvimrc* *$MYGVIMRC*
 The gvimrc file is where GUI-specific startup commands should be placed.  It
 is always sourced after the |vimrc| file.  If you have one then the $MYGVIMRC
 environment variable has its name.
 
 When the GUI starts up initializations are carried out, in this order:
-- The 'term' option is set to "builgin_gui" and terminal options are reset to
+- The 'term' option is set to "builtin_gui" and terminal options are reset to
   their default value for the GUI |terminal-options|.
 - If the system menu file exists, it is sourced.  The name of this file is
   normally "$VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim".  You can check this with ":version".  Also
@@ -156,26 +156,26 @@ configure which ones appear with the 'guioptions' option.
 
 The interface looks like this (with ":set guioptions=mlrb"):
 
-		       +------------------------------+
+		       +------------------------------+ `
-		       | File  Edit		 Help | <- Menu bar (m)
+		       | File  Edit		 Help | <- Menu bar (m) `
-		       +-+--------------------------+-+
+		       +-+--------------------------+-+ `
-		       |^|			    |^|
+		       |^|			    |^| `
-		       |#| Text area.		    |#|
+		       |#| Text area.		    |#| `
-		       | |			    | |
+		       | |			    | | `
-		       |v|__________________________|v|
+		       |v|__________________________|v| `
- Normal status line -> |-+ File.c	       5,2  +-|
+ Normal status line -> |-+ File.c	       5,2  +-| `
- between Vim windows   |^|""""""""""""""""""""""""""|^|
+ between Vim windows   |^|""""""""""""""""""""""""""|^| `
-		       | |			    | |
+		       | |			    | | `
-		       | | Another file buffer.     | |
+		       | | Another file buffer.     | | `
-		       | |			    | |
+		       | |			    | | `
-		       |#|			    |#|
+		       |#|			    |#| `
- Left scrollbar (l) -> |#|			    |#| <- Right
+ Left scrollbar (l) -> |#|			    |#| <- Right `
-		       |#|			    |#|    scrollbar (r)
+		       |#|			    |#|    scrollbar (r) `
-		       | |			    | |
+		       | |			    | | `
-		       |v|			    |v|
+		       |v|			    |v| `
-		       +-+--------------------------+-+
+		       +-+--------------------------+-+ `
-		       | |< ####		   >| | <- Bottom
+		       | |< ####		   >| | <- Bottom `
-		       +-+--------------------------+-+    scrollbar (b)
+		       +-+--------------------------+-+    scrollbar (b) `
 
 Any of the scrollbar or menu components may be turned off by not putting the
 appropriate letter in the 'guioptions' string.  The bottom scrollbar is
@@ -473,9 +473,11 @@ this line to your .vimrc file (NOT your .gvimrc file!): >
 	:let did_install_default_menus = 1
 If you also want to avoid the Syntax menu: >
 	:let did_install_syntax_menu = 1
-If you do want the Syntax menu but not all the entries for each available
+The first item in the Syntax menu can be used to show all available filetypes
-syntax file (which take quite a bit of time to load): >
+in the menu (which can take a bit of time to load).  If you want to have all
-	:let skip_syntax_sel_menu = 1
+filetypes already present at startup, add: >
+	:let do_syntax_sel_menu = 1
+
 <
 							*console-menus*
 Although this documentation is in the GUI section, you can actually use menus
@@ -554,7 +556,7 @@ some modes:
 	mode		inserted	appended	~
 	Normal		nothing		nothing
 	Visual		<C-C>		<C-\><C-G>
-	Insert		<C-O>
+	Insert		<C-\><C-O>
 	Cmdline		<C-C>		<C-\><C-G>
 	Op-pending	<C-C>		<C-\><C-G>
 
@@ -569,7 +571,7 @@ is equal to: >
 
    :nmenu File.Next	:next^M
    :vmenu File.Next	^C:next^M^\^G
-   :imenu File.Next	^O:next^M
+   :imenu File.Next	^\^O:next^M
    :cmenu File.Next	^C:next^M^\^G
    :omenu File.Next	^C:next^M^\^G
 
@@ -676,7 +678,7 @@ and Photon GUI.  It should turn up in other GUIs in due course.  The
 default toolbar is setup in menu.vim.
 The display of the toolbar is controlled by the 'guioptions' letter 'T'.  You
 can thus have menu & toolbar together, or either on its own, or neither.
-The appearance is controlled by the 'toolbar' option.  You can chose between
+The appearance is controlled by the 'toolbar' option.  You can choose between
 an image, text or both.
 
 							*toolbar-icon*

runtime/doc/gui_w16.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w16.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*gui_w16.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2007 Aug 30
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -293,7 +293,9 @@ Normally, Vim waits for a command to complete before continuing (this makes
 sense for most shell commands which produce output for Vim to use).  If you
 want Vim to start a program and return immediately, you can use the following
 syntax on W95 & NT: >
-	:!start {command}
+	:!start [/min] {command}
+The optional "/min" causes the window to be minimized.
+
 On Win32s, you will have to go to another window instead.  Don't forget that
 you must tell Windows 3.1x to keep executing a DOS command in the background
 while you switch back to Vim.

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2007 Dec 09
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -453,14 +453,12 @@ searched for.  If all three fail, the GUI will be disabled.
 For GTK+, Vim's configuration process requires that GTK+ be properly
 installed.  That is, the shell script 'gtk-config' must be in your PATH, and
 you can already successful compile, build, and execute a GTK+ program.  The
-reason for this is because the compiler flags (CFLAGS) and link flags
+reason for this is that the compiler flags (CFLAGS) and link flags (LDFLAGS)
-(LDFLAGS) are obtained through the 'gtk-config' shell script.
+are obtained through the 'gtk-config' shell script.
 
 If you want to build with GTK+ 2 support pass the --enable-gtk2-check argument
 to ./configure.  Optionally, support for GNOME 2 will be compiled if the
---enable-gnome-check option is also given.  Note that the support for GTK+ 2
+--enable-gnome-check option is also given.
-is still experimental.  However, many people have reported that it works just
-fine for them.
 
 Otherwise, if you are using Motif or Athena, when you have the Motif or Athena
 files in a directory where configure doesn't look, edit the Makefile to enter
@@ -468,15 +466,12 @@ the names of the directories.  Search for "GUI_INC_LOC" for an example to set
 the Motif directories, "CONF_OPT_X" for Athena.
 
 							*gui-x11-gtk*
-At the time of this writing, you may use either GTK+ version 1.0.6 or 1.2.  It
+At the time of this writing, GTK+ version 1.0.6 and 1.2 are outdated.  It
-is suggested that you use v1.2 since not all of Vim's GUI features are present
+is suggested that you use GTK 2.  The GTK 1 support will most likely be
-if using v1.0.6.  For instance, there are no tearoff menus present in v1.0.6.
+dropped soon.
-Using a version from GTK+'s CVS tree may or may not work, and is therefore not
-supported and not recommended.
 
-For the experimental GTK+ 2 GUI, using the latest release of the GTK+ 2.0 or
+For the GTK+ 2 GUI, using the latest release of the GTK+ 2.0 or GTK+ 2.2
-GTK+ 2.2 series is recommended.  CVS HEAD seems to work fine most of time as
+series is recommended.
-well.
 
 Lastly, although GTK+ has supposedly been ported to the Win32 platform, this
 has not been tested with Vim and is also unsupported.  Also, it's unlikely to
@@ -540,13 +535,16 @@ Of these three, Vim uses PRIMARY when reading and writing the "* register
 register.  Vim does not access the SECONDARY selection.
 
 Examples: (assuming the default option values)
-- Select an URL in Visual mode in Vim.  Go to a text field in Netscape and
+- Select an URL in Visual mode in Vim.  Go to your browser and click the
-  click the middle mouse button.  The selected text will be inserted
+  middle mouse button in the URL text field.  The selected text will be
-  (hopefully!).
+  inserted (hopefully!).  Note: in Firefox you can set the
-- Select some text in Netscape by dragging with the mouse.  Go to Vim and
+  middlemouse.contentLoadURL preference to true in about:config, then the
+  selected URL will be used when pressing middle mouse button in most places
+  in the window.
+- Select some text in your browser by dragging with the mouse.  Go to Vim and
   press the middle mouse button: The selected text is inserted.
-- Select some text in Vim and do "+y.  Go to Netscape, select some text in a
+- Select some text in Vim and do "+y.  Go to your browser, select some text in
-  textfield by dragging with the mouse.  Now use the right mouse button and
+  a textfield by dragging with the mouse.  Now use the right mouse button and
   select "Paste" from the popup menu.  The selected text is overwritten by the
   text from Vim.
 Note that the text in the "+ register remains available when making a Visual

runtime/doc/hangulin.txt

@@ -1,8 +1,12 @@
-*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 Apr 02
+*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2009 Jun 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Chi-Deok Hwang and Sung-Hyun Nam
 
+NOTE: The |+hangul_input| feature is scheduled to be removed.  If you want to
+keep it, please send a message to the Vim user maillist.
+
+
 Introduction					*hangul*
 ------------
 It is to input hangul, the Korean language, with VIM GUI version.
@@ -96,6 +100,6 @@ Bug or Comment
 Send comments, patches and suggestions to:
 
 				    Chi-Deok Hwang <hwang@mizi.co.kr>
-				    Nam SungHyun <namsh@kldp.org>
+				    SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/hebrew.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*hebrew.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2007 Jun 14
+*hebrew.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2007 Jun 14
 
 
 	   VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ron Aaron (and Avner Lottem)

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jul 21
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ Get specific help:  It is possible to go directly to whatever you want help
 		      Option			  '	   :help 'textwidth'
   Search for help:  Type ":help word", then hit CTRL-D to see matching
 		    help entries for "word".
+		    Or use ":helpgrep word". |:helpgrep|
 
 VIM stands for Vi IMproved.  Most of VIM was made by Bram Moolenaar, but only
 through the help of many others.  See |credits|.
@@ -90,6 +91,7 @@ REFERENCE MANUAL: These files explain every detail of Vim.	*reference_toc*
 General subjects ~
 |intro.txt|	general introduction to Vim; notation used in help files
 |help.txt|	overview and quick reference (this file)
+|helphelp.txt|	about using the help files
 |index.txt|	alphabetical index of all commands
 |help-tags|	all the tags you can jump to (index of tags)
 |howto.txt|	how to do the most common editing tasks
@@ -144,6 +146,7 @@ Special issues ~
 |hebrew.txt|	Hebrew language support and editing
 |russian.txt|	Russian language support and editing
 |ft_ada.txt|	Ada (the programming language) support
+|ft_sql.txt|	about the SQL filetype plugin
 |hangulin.txt|	Hangul (Korean) input mode
 |rileft.txt|	right-to-left editing mode
 
@@ -155,6 +158,7 @@ GUI ~
 
 Interfaces ~
 |if_cscop.txt|	using Cscope with Vim
+|if_lua.txt|	Lua interface
 |if_mzsch.txt|	MzScheme interface
 |if_perl.txt|	Perl interface
 |if_pyth.txt|	Python interface
@@ -207,10 +211,11 @@ Now that you've jumped here with CTRL-] or a double mouse click, you can use
 CTRL-T, CTRL-O, g<RightMouse>, or <C-RightMouse> to go back to where you were.
 
 Note that tags are within | characters, but when highlighting is enabled these
-are hidden.  That makes it easier to read a command.
+characters are hidden.  That makes it easier to read a command.
 
 Anyway, you can use CTRL-] on any word, also when it is not within |, and Vim
-will try to find help for it.
+will try to find help for it.  Especially for options in single quotes, e.g.
+'compatible'.
 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  vim:tw=78:fo=tcq2:isk=!-~,^*,^\|,^\":ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 14
+
+
+		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
+
+
+Help on help files					*helphelp*
+
+1. Help commands		|online-help|
+2. Translated help files	|help-translated|
+3. Writing help files		|help-writing|
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Help commands					*online-help*
+
+			*help* *<Help>* *:h* *:help* *<F1>* *i_<F1>* *i_<Help>*
+<Help>		or
+:h[elp]			Open a window and display the help file in read-only
+			mode.  If there is a help window open already, use
+			that one.  Otherwise, if the current window uses the
+			full width of the screen or is at least 80 characters
+			wide, the help window will appear just above the
+			current window.  Otherwise the new window is put at
+			the very top.
+			The 'helplang' option is used to select a language, if
+			the main help file is available in several languages.
+			{not in Vi}
+
+						*{subject}* *E149* *E661*
+:h[elp] {subject}	Like ":help", additionally jump to the tag {subject}.
+			{subject} can include wildcards like "*", "?" and
+			"[a-z]":
+			   :help z?	jump to help for any "z" command
+			   :help z.	jump to the help for "z."
+			If there is no full match for the pattern, or there
+			are several matches, the "best" match will be used.
+			A sophisticated algorithm is used to decide which
+			match is better than another one.  These items are
+			considered in the computation:
+			- A match with same case is much better than a match
+			  with different case.
+			- A match that starts after a non-alphanumeric
+			  character is better than a match in the middle of a
+			  word.
+			- A match at or near the beginning of the tag is
+			  better than a match further on.
+			- The more alphanumeric characters match, the better.
+			- The shorter the length of the match, the better.
+
+			The 'helplang' option is used to select a language, if
+			the {subject} is available in several languages.
+			To find a tag in a specific language, append "@ab",
+			where "ab" is the two-letter language code.  See
+			|help-translated|.
+
+			Note that the longer the {subject} you give, the less
+			matches will be found.  You can get an idea how this
+			all works by using commandline completion (type CTRL-D
+			after ":help subject" |c_CTRL-D|).
+			If there are several matches, you can have them listed
+			by hitting CTRL-D.  Example: >
+				:help cont<Ctrl-D>
+
+<			Instead of typing ":help CTRL-V" to search for help
+			for CTRL-V you can type: >
+				:help ^V
+<			This also works together with other characters, for
+			example to find help for CTRL-V in Insert mode: >
+				:help i^V
+<
+			To use a regexp |pattern|, first do ":help" and then
+			use ":tag {pattern}" in the help window.  The
+			":tnext" command can then be used to jump to other
+			matches, "tselect" to list matches and choose one. >
+				:help index| :tse z.
+
+<			When there is no argument you will see matches for
+			"help", to avoid listing all possible matches (that
+			would be very slow).
+			The number of matches displayed is limited to 300.
+
+			This command can be followed by '|' and another
+			command, but you don't need to escape the '|' inside a
+			help command.  So these both work: >
+				:help |
+				:help k| only
+<			Note that a space before the '|' is seen as part of
+			the ":help" argument.
+			You can also use <LF> or <CR> to separate the help
+			command from a following command.  You need to type
+			CTRL-V first to insert the <LF> or <CR>.  Example: >
+				:help so<C-V><CR>only
+<			{not in Vi}
+
+:h[elp]! [subject]	Like ":help", but in non-English help files prefer to
+			find a tag in a file with the same language as the
+			current file.  See |help-translated|.
+
+							*:helpg* *:helpgrep*
+:helpg[rep] {pattern}[@xx]
+			Search all help text files and make a list of lines
+			in which {pattern} matches.  Jumps to the first match.
+			The optional [@xx] specifies that only matches in the
+			"xx" language are to be found.
+			You can navigate through the matches with the
+			|quickfix| commands, e.g., |:cnext| to jump to the
+			next one.  Or use |:cwindow| to get the list of
+			matches in the quickfix window.
+			{pattern} is used as a Vim regexp |pattern|.
+			'ignorecase' is not used, add "\c" to ignore case.
+			Example for case sensitive search: >
+				:helpgrep Uganda
+<			Example for case ignoring search: >
+				:helpgrep uganda\c
+<			Example for searching in French help: >
+				:helpgrep backspace@fr
+<			The pattern does not support line breaks, it must
+			match within one line.  You can use |:grep| instead,
+			but then you need to get the list of help files in a
+			complicated way.
+			Cannot be followed by another command, everything is
+			used as part of the pattern.  But you can use
+			|:execute| when needed.
+			Compressed help files will not be searched (Fedora
+			compresses the help files).
+			{not in Vi}
+
+							*:lh* *:lhelpgrep*
+:lh[elpgrep] {pattern}[@xx]
+			Same as ":helpgrep", except the location list is used
+			instead of the quickfix list.  If the help window is
+			already opened, then the location list for that window
+			is used.  Otherwise, a new help window is opened and
+			the location list for that window is set.  The
+			location list for the current window is not changed.
+
+							*:exu* *:exusage*
+:exu[sage]		Show help on Ex commands.  Added to simulate the Nvi
+			command. {not in Vi}
+
+							*:viu* *:viusage*
+:viu[sage]		Show help on Normal mode commands.  Added to simulate
+			the Nvi command. {not in Vi}
+
+When no argument is given to |:help| the file given with the 'helpfile' option
+will be opened.  Otherwise the specified tag is searched for in all "doc/tags"
+files in the directories specified in the 'runtimepath' option.
+
+The initial height of the help window can be set with the 'helpheight' option
+(default 20).
+
+Jump to specific subjects by using tags.  This can be done in two ways:
+- Use the "CTRL-]" command while standing on the name of a command or option.
+  This only works when the tag is a keyword.  "<C-Leftmouse>" and
+  "g<LeftMouse>" work just like "CTRL-]".
+- use the ":ta {subject}" command.  This also works with non-keyword
+  characters.
+
+Use CTRL-T or CTRL-O to jump back.
+Use ":q" to close the help window.
+
+If there are several matches for an item you are looking for, this is how you
+can jump to each one of them:
+1. Open a help window
+2. Use the ":tag" command with a slash prepended to the tag.  E.g.: >
+	:tag /min
+3. Use ":tnext" to jump to the next matching tag.
+
+It is possible to add help files for plugins and other items.  You don't need
+to change the distributed help files for that.  See |add-local-help|.
+
+To write a local help file, see |write-local-help|.
+
+Note that the title lines from the local help files are automagically added to
+the "LOCAL ADDITIONS" section in the "help.txt" help file |local-additions|.
+This is done when viewing the file in Vim, the file itself is not changed.  It
+is done by going through all help files and obtaining the first line of each
+file.  The files in $VIMRUNTIME/doc are skipped.
+
+							*help-xterm-window*
+If you want to have the help in another xterm window, you could use this
+command: >
+	:!xterm -e vim +help &
+<
+
+			*:helpfind* *:helpf*
+:helpf[ind]		Like |:help|, but use a dialog to enter the argument.
+			Only for backwards compatibility.  It now executes the
+			ToolBar.FindHelp menu entry instead of using a builtin
+			dialog.  {only when compiled with |+GUI_GTK|}
+			{not in Vi}
+
+					*:helpt* *:helptags*
+				*E154* *E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E670*
+:helpt[ags] [++t] {dir}
+			Generate the help tags file(s) for directory {dir}.
+			All "*.txt" and "*.??x" files in the directory are
+			scanned for a help tag definition in between stars.
+			The "*.??x" files are for translated docs, they
+			generate the "tags-??" file, see |help-translated|.
+			The generated tags files are sorted.
+			When there are duplicates an error message is given.
+			An existing tags file is silently overwritten.
+			The optional "++t" argument forces adding the
+			"help-tags" tag.  This is also done when the {dir} is
+			equal to $VIMRUNTIME/doc.
+			To rebuild the help tags in the runtime directory
+			(requires write permission there): >
+				:helptags $VIMRUNTIME/doc
+<			{not in Vi}
+
+
+==============================================================================
+2. Translated help files				*help-translated*
+
+It is possible to add translated help files, next to the original English help
+files.  Vim will search for all help in "doc" directories in 'runtimepath'.
+This is only available when compiled with the |+multi_lang| feature.
+
+At this moment translations are available for:
+	Chinese - multiple authors
+	French  - translated by David Blanchet
+	Italian - translated by Antonio Colombo
+	Polish  - translated by Mikolaj Machowski
+	Russian - translated by Vassily Ragosin
+See the Vim website to find them: http://www.vim.org/translations.php
+
+A set of translated help files consists of these files:
+
+	help.abx
+	howto.abx
+	...
+	tags-ab
+
+"ab" is the two-letter language code.  Thus for Italian the names are:
+
+	help.itx
+	howto.itx
+	...
+	tags-it
+
+The 'helplang' option can be set to the preferred language(s).  The default is
+set according to the environment.  Vim will first try to find a matching tag
+in the preferred language(s).  English is used when it cannot be found.
+
+To find a tag in a specific language, append "@ab" to a tag, where "ab" is the
+two-letter language code.  Example: >
+	:he user-manual@it
+	:he user-manual@en
+The first one finds the Italian user manual, even when 'helplang' is empty.
+The second one finds the English user manual, even when 'helplang' is set to
+"it".
+
+When using command-line completion for the ":help" command, the "@en"
+extension is only shown when a tag exists for multiple languages.  When the
+tag only exists for English "@en" is omitted.
+
+When using |CTRL-]| or ":help!" in a non-English help file Vim will try to
+find the tag in the same language.  If not found then 'helplang' will be used
+to select a language.
+
+Help files must use latin1 or utf-8 encoding.  Vim assumes the encoding is
+utf-8 when finding non-ASCII characters in the first line.  Thus you must
+translate the header with "For Vim version".
+
+The same encoding must be used for the help files of one language in one
+directory.  You can use a different encoding for different languages and use
+a different encoding for help files of the same language but in a different
+directory.
+
+Hints for translators:
+- Do not translate the tags.  This makes it possible to use 'helplang' to
+  specify the preferred language.  You may add new tags in your language.
+- When you do not translate a part of a file, add tags to the English version,
+  using the "tag@en" notation.
+- Make a package with all the files and the tags file available for download.
+  Users can drop it in one of the "doc" directories and start use it.
+  Report this to Bram, so that he can add a link on www.vim.org.
+- Use the |:helptags| command to generate the tags files.  It will find all
+  languages in the specified directory.
+
+==============================================================================
+3. Writing help files					*help-writing*
+
+For ease of use, a Vim help file for a plugin should follow the format of the
+standard Vim help files.  If you are writing a new help file it's best to copy
+one of the existing files and use it as a template.
+
+The first line in a help file should have the following format:
+
+*helpfile_name.txt*	For Vim version 7.3	Last change: 2010 June 4
+
+The first field is a link to the help file name.  The second field describes
+the applicable Vim version.  The last field specifies the last modification
+date of the file.  Each field is separated by a tab.
+
+At the bottom of the help file, place a Vim modeline to set the 'textwidth'
+and 'tabstop' options and the 'filetype' to 'help'.  Never set a global option
+in such a modeline, that can have consequences undesired by whoever reads that
+help.
+
+
+TAGS
+
+To define a help tag, place the name between asterisks (*tag-name*).  The
+tag-name should be different from all the Vim help tag names and ideally
+should begin with the name of the Vim plugin.  The tag name is usually right
+aligned on a line.
+
+When referring to an existing help tag and to create a hot-link, place the
+name between two bars (|) eg. |help-writing|.
+
+When referring to a Vim option in the help file, place the option name between
+two single quotes, eg. 'statusline'
+
+
+HIGHLIGHTING
+
+To define a column heading, use a tilde character at the end of the line.
+This will highlight the column heading in a different color.  E.g.
+
+Column heading~
+
+To separate sections in a help file, place a series of '=' characters in a
+line starting from the first column.  The section separator line is highlighted
+differently.
+
+To quote a block of ex-commands verbatim, place a greater than (>) character
+at the end of the line before the block and a less than (<) character as the
+first non-blank on a line following the block.  Any line starting in column 1
+also implicitly stops the block of ex-commands before it.  E.g. >
+    function Example_Func()
+	echo "Example"
+    endfunction
+<
+
+The following are highlighted differently in a Vim help file:
+  - a special key name expressed either in <> notation as in <PageDown>, or
+    as a Ctrl character as in CTRL-X
+  - anything between {braces}, e.g. {lhs} and {rhs}
+
+The word "Note", "Notes" and similar automagically receive distinctive
+highlighting.  So do these:
+	*Todo	something to do
+	*Error	something wrong
+
+You can find the details in $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/help.vim
+
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/howto.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*howto.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 Apr 02
+*howto.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2006 Apr 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Mar 18
+*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Andy Kahn
@@ -112,8 +112,7 @@ The available subcommands are:
 	    :cscope add /projects/vim/cscope.out /usr/local/vim
 	    :cscope add cscope.out /usr/local/vim -C
 <
-				      *cscope-find* *cs-find*
+				      *cscope-find* *cs-find* *E567*
-						*E565* *E567*
     find  : Query cscope.  All cscope query options are available
 	    except option #5 ("Change this grep pattern").
 
@@ -198,7 +197,7 @@ The available subcommands are:
 
 	    USAGE   :cs help
 
-						*E260* *E261*
+							*E261*
     kill  : Kill a cscope connection (or kill all cscope connections).
 
 	    USAGE   :cs kill {num|partial_name}
@@ -355,13 +354,8 @@ cscope version for Win32 see:
 The DJGPP-built version from http://cscope.sourceforge.net is known to not
 work with Vim.
 
-There are a couple of hard-coded limitations:
+Hard-coded limitation: doing a |:tjump| when |:cstag| searches the tag files
-
+is not configurable (e.g., you can't do a tselect instead).
-    1. The maximum number of cscope connections allowed is 8.  Do you
-    really need more?
-
-    2. Doing a |:tjump| when |:cstag| searches the tag files is not
-    configurable (e.g., you can't do a tselect instead).
 
 ==============================================================================
 6. Suggested usage					*cscope-suggestions*
@@ -486,7 +480,8 @@ bit of code) was adapted from the cscope interface in nvi.  Please report
 any problems, suggestions, patches, et al., you have for the usage of
 cscope within Vim to him.
 							*cscope-win32*
-For a cscope version for Win32 see: http://iamphet.nm.ru/cscope/index.html
+For a cscope version for Win32 see:
+	http://code.google.com/p/cscope-win32/
 
 Win32 support was added by Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>.  Contact
 him if you have Win32-specific issues.

runtime/doc/if_lua.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 22
+
+
+		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Luis Carvalho
+
+
+The Lua Interface to Vim				*lua* *Lua*
+
+1. Commands			|lua-commands|
+2. The vim module		|lua-vim|
+3. Buffer userdata		|lua-buffer|
+4. Window userdata		|lua-window|
+
+{Vi does not have any of these commands}
+
+The Lua interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the
+|+lua| feature.
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Commands						*lua-commands*
+
+							*:lua*
+:[range]lua {chunk}
+			Execute Lua chunk {chunk}.    {not in Vi}
+
+Examples:
+>
+	:lua print("Hello, Vim!")
+	:lua local curbuf = vim.buffer() curbuf[7] = "line #7"
+<
+
+:[range]lua << {endmarker}
+{script}
+{endmarker}
+			Execute Lua script {script}.  {not in Vi}
+			Note: This command doesn't work when the Lua
+			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
+			|script-here|.
+
+{endmarker} must NOT be preceded by any white space.  If {endmarker} is
+omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after {script}, like
+for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+This form of the |:lua| command is mainly useful for including Lua code
+in Vim scripts.
+
+Example:
+>
+	function! CurrentLineInfo()
+	lua << EOF
+	local linenr = vim.window().line
+	local curline = vim.buffer()[linenr]
+	print(string.format("Current line [%d] has %d chars",
+		linenr, #curline))
+	EOF
+	endfunction
+<
+
+							*:luado*
+:[range]luado {body}	Execute Lua function "function (line) {body} end" for
+			each line in the [range], with the function argument
+			being set to the text of each line in turn, without a
+			trailing <EOL>. If the value returned by the function
+			is a string it becomes the text of the line in the
+			current turn. The default for [range] is the whole
+			file: "1,$".		      {not in Vi}
+
+Examples:
+>
+	:luado return string.format("%s\t%d", line:reverse(), #line)
+
+	:lua require"lpeg"
+	:lua -- balanced parenthesis grammar:
+	:lua bp = lpeg.P{ "(" * ((1 - lpeg.S"()") + lpeg.V(1))^0 * ")" }
+	:luado if bp:match(line) then return "-->\t" .. line end
+<
+
+							*:luafile*
+:[range]luafile {file}
+			Execute Lua script in {file}. {not in Vi}
+			The whole argument is used as a single file name.
+
+Examples:
+>
+	:luafile script.lua
+	:luafile %
+<
+
+All these commands execute a Lua chunk from either the command line (:lua and
+:luado) or a file (:luafile) with the given line [range]. Similarly to the Lua
+interpreter, each chunk has its own scope and so only global variables are
+shared between command calls. Lua default libraries "table", "string", "math",
+and "package" are available, "io" and "debug" are not, and "os" is restricted
+to functions "date", "clock", "time", "difftime", and "getenv". In addition,
+Lua "print" function has its output redirected to the Vim message area, with
+arguments separated by a white space instead of a tab.
+
+Lua uses the "vim" module (see |lua-vim|) to issue commands to Vim
+and manage buffers (|lua-buffer|) and windows (|lua-window|). However,
+procedures that alter buffer content, open new buffers, and change cursor
+position are restricted when the command is executed in the |sandbox|.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+2. The vim module					*lua-vim*
+
+Lua interfaces Vim through the "vim" module. The first and last line of the
+input range are stored in "vim.firstline" and "vim.lastline" respectively. The
+module also includes routines for buffer, window, and current line queries,
+Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
+
+	vim.isbuffer(value)	Returns 'true' (boolean, not string) if
+				"value" is a buffer userdata and 'false'
+				otherwise (see |lua-buffer|).
+
+	vim.buffer([arg])	If "arg" is a number, returns buffer with
+				number "arg" in the buffer list or, if "arg"
+				is a string, returns buffer whose full or short
+				name is "arg". In both cases, returns 'nil'
+				(nil value, not string) if the buffer is not
+				found. Otherwise, if "toboolean(arg)" is
+				'true' returns the first buffer in the buffer
+				list or else the current buffer.
+
+	vim.iswindow(value)	Returns 'true' (boolean, not string) if
+				"value" is a window userdata and
+				'false' otherwise (see |lua-window|).
+
+	vim.window([arg])	If "arg" is a number, returns window with
+				number "arg" or 'nil' (nil value, not string)
+				if not found. Otherwise, if "toboolean(arg)"
+				is 'true' returns the first window or else the
+				current window.
+
+	vim.command({cmd})	Executes the vim (ex-mode) command {cmd}.
+				Examples: >
+					:lua vim.command"set tw=60"
+					:lua vim.command"normal ddp"
+<
+	vim.eval({expr})	Evaluates expression {expr} (see |expression|),
+				converts the result to Lua, and returns it.
+				Vim strings and numbers are directly converted
+				to Lua strings and numbers respectively. Vim
+				lists and dictionaries are converted to Lua
+				tables (lists become integer-keyed tables).
+				Examples: >
+					:lua tw = vim.eval"&tw"
+					:lua print(vim.eval"{'a': 'one'}".a)
+<
+	vim.line()		Returns the current line (without the trailing
+				<EOL>), a Lua string.
+
+	vim.beep()		Beeps.
+
+	vim.open({fname})	Opens a new buffer for file {fname} and
+				returns it. Note that the buffer is not set as
+				current.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+3. Buffer userdata					*lua-buffer*
+
+Buffer userdata represent vim buffers. A buffer userdata "b" has the following
+properties and methods:
+
+Properties
+----------
+	o "b()" sets "b" as the current buffer.
+	o "#b" is the number of lines in buffer "b".
+	o "b[k]" represents line number k: "b[k] = newline" replaces line k
+	    with string "newline" and "b[k] = nil" deletes line k.
+	o "b.name" contains the short name of buffer "b" (read-only).
+	o "b.fname" contains the full name of buffer "b" (read-only).
+	o "b.number" contains the position of buffer "b" in the buffer list
+	    (read-only).
+
+Methods
+-------
+	o "b:insert(newline[, pos])" inserts string "newline" at (optional)
+	    position "pos" in the buffer. The default value for "pos" is
+	    "#b + 1". If "pos == 0" then "newline" becomes the first line in
+	    the buffer.
+	o "b:next()" returns the buffer next to "b" in the buffer list.
+	o "b:previous()" returns the buffer previous to "b" in the buffer
+	    list.
+	o "b:isvalid()" returns 'true' (boolean) if buffer "b" corresponds to
+	    a "real" (not freed from memory) Vim buffer.
+
+Examples:
+>
+	:lua b = vim.buffer() -- current buffer
+	:lua print(b.name, b.number)
+	:lua b[1] = "first line"
+	:lua b:insert("FIRST!", 0)
+	:lua b[1] = nil -- delete top line
+	:lua for i=1,3 do b:insert(math.random()) end
+	:3,4lua for i=vim.lastline,vim.firstline,-1 do b[i] = nil end
+	:lua vim.open"myfile"() -- open buffer and set it as current
+
+	function! ListBuffers()
+	lua << EOF
+	local b = vim.buffer(true) -- first buffer in list
+	while b ~= nil do
+		print(b.number, b.name, #b)
+		b = b:next()
+	end
+	vim.beep()
+	EOF
+	endfunction
+<
+
+==============================================================================
+4. Window userdata					*lua-window*
+
+Window objects represent vim windows. A window userdata "w" has the following
+properties and methods:
+
+Properties
+----------
+	o "w()" sets "w" as the current window.
+	o "w.buffer" contains the buffer of window "w" (read-only).
+	o "w.line" represents the cursor line position in window "w".
+	o "w.col" represents the cursor column position in window "w".
+	o "w.width" represents the width of window "w".
+	o "w.height" represents the height of window "w".
+
+Methods
+-------
+	o "w:next()" returns the window next to "w".
+	o "w:previous()" returns the window previous to "w".
+	o "w:isvalid()" returns 'true' (boolean) if window "w" corresponds to
+	    a "real" (not freed from memory) Vim window.
+
+Examples:
+>
+	:lua w = vim.window() -- current window
+	:lua print(w.buffer.name, w.line, w.col)
+	:lua w.width = w.width + math.random(10)
+	:lua w.height = 2 * math.random() * w.height
+	:lua n,w = 0,vim.window(true) while w~=nil do n,w = n + 1,w:next() end
+	:lua print("There are " .. n .. " windows")
+<
+
+==============================================================================
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 28
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Feb 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev
@@ -9,8 +9,9 @@ The MzScheme Interface to Vim				*mzscheme* *MzScheme*
 1. Commands				|mzscheme-commands|
 2. Examples				|mzscheme-examples|
 3. Threads				|mzscheme-threads|
-4. The Vim access procedures		|mzscheme-vim|
+4. Vim access from MzScheme		|mzscheme-vim|
-5. Dynamic loading			|mzscheme-dynamic|
+5. mzeval() Vim function		|mzscheme-mzeval|
+6. Dynamic loading			|mzscheme-dynamic|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -42,10 +43,6 @@ Note: On FreeBSD you should use the "drscheme" port.
 
 							*:mzfile* *:mzf*
 :[range]mzf[ile] {file}	Execute the MzScheme script in {file}.  {not in Vi}
-			All statements are executed in the namespace of the
-			buffer that was current during :mzfile start.
-			If you want to access other namespaces, use
-			'parameterize'.
 
 All of these commands do essentially the same thing - they execute a piece of
 MzScheme code, with the "current range" set to the given line
@@ -54,8 +51,6 @@ range.
 In the case of :mzscheme, the code to execute is in the command-line.
 In the case of :mzfile, the code to execute is the contents of the given file.
 
-Each buffer has its own MzScheme namespace. Global namespace is bound to
-the "global-namespace" value from the 'vimext' module.
 MzScheme interface defines exception exn:vim, derived from exn.
 It is raised for various Vim errors.
 
@@ -79,40 +74,8 @@ To avoid clashes with MzScheme, consider using prefix when requiring module,
 e.g.: >
 	:mzscheme (require (prefix vim- vimext))
 <
-All the examples below assume this naming scheme.  Note that you need to do
+All the examples below assume this naming scheme. 
-this again for every buffer.
 
-The auto-instantiation can be achieved with autocommands, e.g. you can put
-something like this in your .vimrc (EOFs should not have indentation): >
-    function s:MzRequire()
-	if has("mzscheme")
-	    :mz << EOF
-	    (require (prefix vim- vimext))
-	    (let ((buf (vim-get-buff-by-name (vim-eval "expand(\"<afile>\")"))))
-	      (when (and buf (not (eq? buf (vim-curr-buff))))
-		(parameterize ((current-namespace (vim-get-buff-namespace buf)))
-		  (namespace-attach-module vim-global-namespace 'vimext)
-		  (namespace-require '(prefix vim vimext)))))
-    EOF
-	endif
-    endfunction
-
-    function s:MzStartup()
-	if has("mzscheme")
-	    au BufNew,BufNewFile,BufAdd,BufReadPre * :call s:MzRequire()
-	    :mz << EOF
-	    (current-library-collection-paths
-		(cons
-		    (build-path (find-system-path 'addon-dir) (version) "collects")
-		    (current-library-collection-paths)))
-    EOF
-	endif
-    endfunction
-
-    call s:MzStartup()
-<
-
-The global namespace just instantiated this module with the prefix "vimext:".
 							*mzscheme-sandbox*
 When executed in the |sandbox|, access to some filesystem and Vim interface
 procedures is restricted.
@@ -121,12 +84,17 @@ procedures is restricted.
 2. Examples						*mzscheme-examples*
 >
 	:mzscheme (display "Hello")
+	:mz (display (string-append "Using MzScheme version " (version)))
+	:mzscheme (require (prefix vim- vimext)) ; for MzScheme < 4.x
+	:mzscheme (require (prefix-in vim- 'vimext)) ; MzScheme 4.x
 	:mzscheme (vim-set-buff-line 10 "This is line #10")
 <
 Inline script usage: >
 	function! <SID>SetFirstLine()
 	    :mz << EOF
 	    (display "!!!")
+	    (require (prefix vim- vimext))
+	    ; for newer versions (require (prefix-in vim- 'vimext))
 	    (vim-set-buff-line 1 "This is line #1")
 	    (vim-beep)
 	EOF
@@ -137,17 +105,33 @@ Inline script usage: >
 File execution: >
 	:mzfile supascript.scm
 <
-Accessing the current buffer namespace from an MzScheme program running in
+Vim exception handling: >
-another buffer within |:mzfile|-executed script : >
+	:mz << EOF
-	; Move to the window below
+	(require (prefix vim- vimext))
-	(vim-command "wincmd j")
+	; for newer versions (require (prefix-in vim- 'vimext))
-	; execute in the context of buffer, to which window belongs
+	(with-handlers
-	; assume that buffer has 'textstring' defined
+	  ([exn:vim? (lambda (e) (display (exn-message e)))])
-	(parameterize ((current-namespace
+	  (vim-eval "nonsense-string"))
-			(vim-get-buff-namespace (vim-curr-buff))))
+	EOF
-	 (eval '(vim-set-buff-line 1 textstring)))
 <
+Auto-instantiation of vimext module (can be placed in your |vimrc|): >
+    function! MzRequire()
+	:redir => l:mzversion
+	:mz (version)
+	:redir END
+	if strpart(l:mzversion, 1, 1) < "4"
+	    " MzScheme versions < 4.x:
+	    :mz (require (prefix vim- vimext))
+	else
+	    " newer versions:
+	    :mz (require (prefix-in vim- 'vimext))
+	endif
+    endfunction
 
+    if has("mzscheme")
+	silent call MzRequire()
+    endif
+<
 ==============================================================================
 3. Threads						*mzscheme-threads*
 
@@ -159,7 +143,7 @@ Thread scheduling in the console version of Vim is less reliable than in the
 GUI version.
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. VIM Functions					*mzscheme-vim*
+4. Vim access from MzScheme				*mzscheme-vim*
 
 							*mzscheme-vimext*
 The 'vimext' module provides access to procedures defined in the MzScheme
@@ -168,11 +152,11 @@ interface.
 Common
 ------
     (command {command-string})	    Perform the vim ":Ex" style command.
-    (eval {expr-string})	    Evaluate the vim expression to a string.
+    (eval {expr-string})	    Evaluate the vim expression into
-				    A |List| is turned into a string by
+				    respective MzScheme object: |Lists| are
-				    joining the items and inserting line
+				    represented as Scheme lists,
-				    breaks.
+				    |Dictionaries| as hash tables.
-				    NOTE clashes with MzScheme eval
+				    NOTE the name clashes with MzScheme eval
     (range-start)		    Start/End of the range passed with
     (range-end)			    the Scheme command.
     (beep)			    beep
@@ -186,7 +170,6 @@ Common
 				    be set. The symbol 'global can be passed
 				    as {buffer-or-window}. Then |:setglobal|
 				    will be used.
-    global-namespace		    The MzScheme main namespace.
 
 Buffers							 *mzscheme-buffer*
 -------
@@ -202,8 +185,7 @@ Buffers							 *mzscheme-buffer*
 				    current buffer will be used.
     (get-buff-line-list {start} {end} [buffer])
 				    Get a list of lines in a buffer. {Start}
-				    and {end} are 1-based. {Start} is
+				    and {end} are 1-based and inclusive.
-				    inclusive, {end} - exclusive.
     (set-buff-line-list {start} {end} {string-list} [buffer])
 				    Set a list of lines in a buffer. If
 				    string-list is #f or null, the lines get
@@ -217,8 +199,8 @@ Buffers							 *mzscheme-buffer*
 				    Insert a list of lines into a buffer after
 				    {linenr}. If {linenr} is 0, lines will be
 				    inserted at start.
-    (curr-buff)			    Get the current buffer. Use procedures
+    (curr-buff)			    Get the current buffer. Use other MzScheme
-				    from "vimcmd" module to change it.
+				    interface procedures to change it.
     (buff-count)		    Get count of total buffers in the editor.
     (get-next-buff [buffer])	    Get next buffer.
     (get-prev-buff [buffer])	    Get previous buffer. Return #f when there
@@ -228,7 +210,6 @@ Buffers							 *mzscheme-buffer*
 					if there is no such buffer.
     (get-buff-by-num {buffernum})   Get a buffer by its number (return #f if
 				    there is no buffer with this number).
-    (get-buff-namespace [buffer])   Get buffer namespace.
 
 Windows							    *mzscheme-window*
 ------
@@ -250,7 +231,13 @@ Windows							    *mzscheme-window*
     (set-cursor (line . col) [window])  Set cursor position.
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. Dynamic loading					*mzscheme-dynamic*
+5. mzeval() Vim function				    *mzscheme-mzeval*
+
+To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |mzeval()| function to
+evaluate MzScheme expressions and pass their values to VimL.
+
+==============================================================================
+6. Dynamic loading				    *mzscheme-dynamic* *E815*
 
 On MS-Windows the MzScheme libraries can be loaded dynamically. The |:version|
 output then includes |+mzscheme/dyn|.

runtime/doc/if_ole.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2007 May 10
+*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Aug 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Example (Visual Basic syntax) >
 3. The "normal" command					*ole-normal*
 
 Due to the way Vim processes OLE Automation commands, combined with the method
-of implementation of the ex command :normal, it is not possible to execute the
+of implementation of the Ex command :normal, it is not possible to execute the
 :normal command via OLE automation.  Any attempt to do so will fail, probably
 harmlessly, although possibly in unpredictable ways.
 

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 Mar 06
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -265,18 +265,26 @@ Note that "EOF" must be at the start of the line.
 ==============================================================================
 4. Dynamic loading					*perl-dynamic*
 
-On MS-Windows the Perl library can be loaded dynamically.  The |:version|
+On MS-Windows and Unix the Perl library can be loaded dynamically.  The
-output then includes |+perl/dyn|.
+|:version| output then includes |+perl/dyn|.
 
-This means that Vim will search for the Perl DLL file only when needed.  When
+This means that Vim will search for the Perl DLL or shared library file only
-you don't use the Perl interface you don't need it, thus you can use Vim
+when needed.  When you don't use the Perl interface you don't need it, thus
-without this DLL file.
+you can use Vim without this file.
 
-To use the Perl interface the Perl DLL must be in your search path.  In a
+
-console window type "path" to see what directories are used.
+MS-Windows ~
+
+You can download Perl from http://www.perl.org.  The one from ActiveState was
+used for building Vim.
+
+To use the Perl interface the Perl DLL must be in your search path.
+If Vim reports it cannot find the perl512.dll, make sure your $PATH includes
+the directory where it is located.  The Perl installer normally does that.
+In a console window type "path" to see what directories are used.
 
 The name of the DLL must match the Perl version Vim was compiled with.
-Currently the name is "perl58.dll".  That is for Perl 5.8.  To know for
+Currently the name is "perl512.dll".  That is for Perl 5.12.  To know for
 sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for "perl\d*.dll\c".
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 Apr 30
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Oct 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -12,11 +12,14 @@ The Python Interface to Vim				*python* *Python*
 4. Range objects		|python-range|
 5. Window objects		|python-window|
 6. Dynamic loading		|python-dynamic|
+7. Python 3			|python3|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
-The Python interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the
+The Python 2.x interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the
 |+python| feature.
+The Python 3 interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the
+|+python3| feature.
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Commands						*python-commands*
@@ -93,7 +96,7 @@ module before using it: >
 
 Overview >
 	:py print "Hello"		# displays a message
-	:py vim.command(cmd)		# execute an ex command
+	:py vim.command(cmd)		# execute an Ex command
 	:py w = vim.windows[n]		# gets window "n"
 	:py cw = vim.current.window	# gets the current window
 	:py b = vim.buffers[n]		# gets buffer "n"
@@ -237,10 +240,12 @@ with marks (see below) which use vim line numbers.
 
 The buffer object methods are:
 	b.append(str)	Append a line to the buffer
+	b.append(str, nr)  Idem, below line "nr"
 	b.append(list)	Append a list of lines to the buffer
 			Note that the option of supplying a list of strings to
 			the append method differs from the equivalent method
 			for Python's built-in list objects.
+	b.append(list, nr)  Idem, below line "nr"
 	b.mark(name)	Return a tuple (row,col) representing the position
 			of the named mark (can also get the []"<> marks)
 	b.range(s,e)	Return a range object (see |python-range|) which
@@ -282,10 +287,12 @@ The range object attributes are:
 
 The range object methods are:
 	r.append(str)	Append a line to the range
+	r.append(str, nr)  Idem, after line "nr"
 	r.append(list)	Append a list of lines to the range
 			Note that the option of supplying a list of strings to
 			the append method differs from the equivalent method
 			for Python's built-in list objects.
+	r.append(list, nr)  Idem, after line "nr"
 
 Example (assume r is the current range):
 	# Send all lines in a range to the default printer
@@ -327,5 +334,49 @@ The name of the DLL must match the Python version Vim was compiled with.
 Currently the name is "python24.dll".  That is for Python 2.4.  To know for
 sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for "python\d*.dll\c".
 
+==============================================================================
+7. Python 3						*python3*
+
+							*:py3* *:python3*
+The |:py3| and |:python3| commands work similar to |:python|.
+							*:py3file*
+The |:py3file| command works similar to |:pyfile|.
+
+Vim can be built in four ways (:version output):
+1. No Python support	    (-python, -python3)
+2. Python 2 support only    (+python or +python/dyn, -python3)
+3. Python 3 support only    (-python, +python3 or +python3/dyn)
+4. Python 2 and 3 support   (+python/dyn, +python3/dyn)
+
+Some more details on the special case 4:
+
+When Python 2 and Python 3 are both supported they must be loaded dynamically.
+
+When doing this on Linux/Unix systems and importing global symbols, this leads
+to a crash when the second Python version is used.  So either global symbols
+are loaded but only one Python version is activated, or no global symbols are
+loaded. The latter makes Python's "import" fail on libraries that expect the
+symbols to be provided by Vim.
+							*E836* *E837*
+Vim's configuration script makes a guess for all libraries based on one
+standard Python library (termios).  If importing this library succeeds for
+both Python versions, then both will be made available in Vim at the same
+time.  If not, only the version first used in a session will be enabled.
+When trying to use the other one you will get the E836 or E837 error message.
+
+Here Vim's behavior depends on the system in which it was configured.  In a
+system where both versions of Python were configured with --enable-shared,
+both versions of Python will be activated at the same time.  There will still
+be problems with other third party libraries that were not linked to
+libPython.
+
+To work around such problems there are these options:
+1. The problematic library is recompiled to link to the according
+   libpython.so.
+2. Vim is recompiled for only one Python version.
+3. You undefine PY_NO_RTLD_GLOBAL in auto/config.h after configuration.  This
+   may crash Vim though.
+
+
 ==============================================================================
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 Apr 30
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Oct 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -40,6 +40,9 @@ downloading Ruby there.
 			wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
+Command to try it out: >
+	:ruby print "Hello"   # this is a comment
+
 Example Vim script: >
 
 	function! RedGem()
@@ -79,7 +82,7 @@ Ruby code gets all of its access to vim via the "VIM" module.
 
 Overview >
 	print "Hello"			      # displays a message
-	VIM.command(cmd)		      # execute an ex command
+	VIM.command(cmd)		      # execute an Ex command
 	num = VIM::Window.count		      # gets the number of windows
 	w = VIM::Window[n]		      # gets window "n"
 	cw = VIM::Window.current	      # gets the current window
@@ -187,19 +190,27 @@ $curbuf		The current buffer object.
 ==============================================================================
 6. Dynamic loading					*ruby-dynamic*
 
-On MS-Windows the Ruby library can be loaded dynamically.  The |:version|
+On MS-Windows and Unix the Ruby library can be loaded dynamically.  The
-output then includes |+ruby/dyn|.
+|:version| output then includes |+ruby/dyn|.
 
-This means that Vim will search for the Ruby DLL file only when needed.  When
+This means that Vim will search for the Ruby DLL file or shared library only
-you don't use the Ruby interface you don't need it, thus you can use Vim
+when needed.  When you don't use the Ruby interface you don't need it, thus
-without this DLL file.
+you can use Vim even though this library file is not on your system.
+
+You need to install the right version of Ruby for this to work.  You can find
+the package to download from:
+http://www.garbagecollect.jp/ruby/mswin32/en/download/release.html
+Currently that is ruby-1.9.1-p429-i386-mswin32.zip
 
 To use the Ruby interface the Ruby DLL must be in your search path.  In a
 console window type "path" to see what directories are used.
 
 The name of the DLL must match the Ruby version Vim was compiled with.
-Currently the name is "ruby18.dll".  That is for Ruby 1.8.  To know for sure
+Currently the name is "msvcrt-ruby191.dll".  That is for Ruby 1.9.1.  To know
-edit "gvim.exe" and search for "ruby\d*.dll\c".
+for sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for "ruby\d*.dll\c".
+
+If you want to build Vim with Ruby 1.9.1, you need to edit the config.h file
+and comment-out the check for _MSC_VER.
 
 ==============================================================================
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/if_sniff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_sniff.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*if_sniff.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL

runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 26
+*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Aug 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ingo Wilken
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ The following commands are implemented: >
 	::vim::beep			# Guess.
 	::vim::buffer {n}		# Create Tcl command for one buffer.
 	::vim::buffer list		# Create Tcl commands for all buffers.
-	::vim::command [-quiet] {cmd}	# Execute an ex command.
+	::vim::command [-quiet] {cmd}	# Execute an Ex command.
 	::vim::expr {expr}		# Use Vim's expression evaluator.
 	::vim::option {opt}		# Get vim option.
 	::vim::option {opt} {val}	# Set vim option.
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Commands:
 
 	::vim::command {cmd}				*tcl-command*
 	::vim::command -quiet {cmd}
-	Execute the vim (ex-mode) command {cmd}.  Any ex command that affects
+	Execute the vim (ex-mode) command {cmd}.  Any Ex command that affects
 	a buffer or window uses the current buffer/current window.  Does not
 	return a result other than a standard Tcl error code.  After this
 	command is completed, the "::vim::current" variable is updated.
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Variables:
 
 	line						*tcl-var-line*
 	lnum						*tcl-var-lnum*
-	These global variables are only available if the ":tcldo" ex command
+	These global variables are only available if the ":tcldo" Ex command
 	is being executed.  They contain the text and line number of the
 	current line.  When the Tcl command invoked by ":tcldo" is completed,
 	the current line is set to the contents of the "line" variable, unless
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Let's assume the name of the window command is stored in the Tcl variable "win",
 i.e. "$win" calls the command.  The following options are available: >
 
 	$win buffer		# Create Tcl command for window's buffer.
-	$win command {cmd}	# Execute ex command in windows context.
+	$win command {cmd}	# Execute Ex command in windows context.
 	$win cursor		# Get current cursor position.
 	$win cursor {var}	# Set cursor position from array variable.
 	$win cursor {row} {col}	# Set cursor position.
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ Let's assume the name of the buffer command is stored in the Tcl variable "buf",
 i.e. "$buf" calls the command.  The following options are available: >
 
 	$buf append {n} {str}	# Append a line to buffer, after line {n}.
-	$buf command {cmd}	# Execute ex command in buffers context.
+	$buf command {cmd}	# Execute Ex command in buffers context.
 	$buf count		# Report number of lines in buffer.
 	$buf delcmd {cmd}	# Call Tcl command when buffer is deleted.
 	$buf delete {n}		# Delete a single line.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ used to display messages in vim.
 ==============================================================================
 7. Known bugs & problems				*tcl-bugs*
 
-Calling one of the Tcl ex commands from inside Tcl (via "::vim::command") may
+Calling one of the Tcl Ex commands from inside Tcl (via "::vim::command") may
 have unexpected side effects.  The command creates a new interpreter, which
 has the same abilities as the standard interpreter - making "::vim::command"
 available in a safe child interpreter therefore makes the child unsafe.  (It
@@ -487,11 +487,11 @@ This script adds a consecutive number to each line in the current range:
 		incr i ; incr n
 	}
 
-The same can also be done quickly with two ex commands, using ":tcldo":
+The same can also be done quickly with two Ex commands, using ":tcldo":
 	:tcl set n 1
 	:[range]tcldo set line "$n\t$line" ; incr n
 
-This procedure runs an ex command on each buffer (idea stolen from Ron Aaron):
+This procedure runs an Ex command on each buffer (idea stolen from Ron Aaron):
 	proc eachbuf { cmd } {
 		foreach b [::vim::buffer list] {
 			$b command $cmd
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ This procedure runs an ex command on each buffer (idea stolen from Ron Aaron):
 Use it like this:
 	:tcl eachbuf %s/foo/bar/g
 Be careful with Tcl's string and backslash substitution, tough.  If in doubt,
-surround the ex command with curly braces.
+surround the Ex command with curly braces.
 
 
 If you want to add some Tcl procedures permanently to vim, just place them in

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jul 30
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Mar 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -215,6 +215,19 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			  a = b;	    a = b;	      a = b;
 		      }			}		  }
 		  }		      }			  }
+<
+	LN    Controls placement of jump labels. If N is negative, the label
+	      will be placed at column 1. If N is non-negative, the indent of
+	      the label will be the prevailing indent minus N.  (default -1).
+
+		cino=               cino=L2             cino=Ls >
+		  func()              func()              func()
+		  {                   {                   {
+		      {                   {                   {
+		          stmt;               stmt;               stmt;
+		  LABEL:                    LABEL:            LABEL:
+		      }                   }                   }
+		  }                   }                   }
 <
 	:N    Place case labels N characters from the indent of the switch().
 	      (default 'shiftwidth').
@@ -245,6 +258,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 <
 	bN    If N != 0 Vim will align a final "break" with the case label,
 	      so that case..break looks like a sort of block.  (default: 0).
+	      When using 1, consider adding "0=break" to 'cinkeys'.
 
 		cino=		    cino=b1 >
 		  switch (x)	      switch(x)
@@ -306,8 +320,11 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      BaseClass(3)	    BaseClass(3)
 		  {}			    {}
 <
-	+N    Indent a continuation line (a line that spills onto the next) N
+	+N    Indent a continuation line (a line that spills onto the next)
-	      additional characters.  (default 'shiftwidth').
+              inside a function N additional characters.  (default
+              'shiftwidth').
+              Outside of a function, when the previous line ended in a
+              backslash, the 2 * N is used.
 
 		cino=			  cino=+10 >
 		  a = b + 9 *		    a = b + 9 *
@@ -430,6 +447,24 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			do_something();
 		    }
 		});
+<
+				*javascript-cinoptions* *javascript-indenting*
+	JN    Indent JavaScript object declarations correctly by not confusing
+	      them with labels.  The value 'N' is currently unused but must be 
+	      non-zero (e.g. 'J1'). >
+
+		var bar = {
+		    foo: {
+			that: this,
+			some: ok,
+		    },
+		    "bar":{ 
+			a : 2,
+			b: "123abc",
+			x: 4,
+			"y": 5
+		    }
+		}
 <
 	)N    Vim searches for unclosed parentheses at most N lines away.
 	      This limits the time needed to search for parentheses.  (default
@@ -437,7 +472,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 
 	*N    Vim searches for unclosed comments at most N lines away.  This
 	      limits the time needed to search for the start of a comment.
-	      (default 30 lines).
+	      (default 70 lines).
 
 	#N    When N is non-zero recognize shell/Perl comments, starting with
 	      '#'.  Default N is zero: don't recognizes '#' comments.  Note
@@ -446,13 +481,14 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 
 
 The defaults, spelled out in full, are:
-	cinoptions=>s,e0,n0,f0,{0,}0,^0,:s,=s,l0,b0,gs,hs,ps,ts,is,+s,c3,C0,
+	cinoptions=>s,e0,n0,f0,{0,}0,^0,L-1,:s,=s,l0,b0,gs,hs,ps,ts,is,+s,
-		   /0,(2s,us,U0,w0,W0,m0,j0,)20,*30,#0
+			c3,C0,/0,(2s,us,U0,w0,W0,m0,j0,J0,)20,*70,#0
 
 Vim puts a line in column 1 if:
 - It starts with '#' (preprocessor directives), if 'cinkeys' contains '#'.
 - It starts with a label (a keyword followed by ':', other than "case" and
-  "default").
+  "default") and 'cinoptions' does not contain an 'L' entry with a positive
+  value.
 - Any combination of indentations causes the line to have less than 0
   indentation.
 
@@ -552,6 +588,10 @@ For example, with N = 1, this will give:
 (Notice the extra indent between the PHP container markers and the code)
 -------------
 
+To indent PHP tags as the surrounding code: >
+    :let g:PHP_outdentphpescape = 0
+-------------
+
 To automatically remove '\r' characters when the 'fileformat' is set to Unix: >
     :let g:PHP_removeCRwhenUnix = 1
 -------------
@@ -577,7 +617,7 @@ NOTE:	Indenting will be a bit slower if this option is used because some
 To indent 'case:' and 'default:' statements in switch() blocks: >
     :let g:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent = 1
 
-(By default they are indented at the same level than the 'switch()' to avoid
+(Since in PHP braces are not required inside 'case/default' blocks, by default they are indented at the same level than the 'switch()' to avoid
 unnecessary indentation)
 
 
@@ -609,8 +649,9 @@ b:sh_indent_options['continuation-line']
 
 b:sh_indent_options['case-labels']
 				Amount of indent to add for case labels.
+				(not actually implemented)
 
-b:sh_indent_options['case-statement']
+b:sh_indent_options['case-statements']
 				Amount of indent to add for case statements.
 
 b:sh_indent_options['case-breaks']

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 May 04
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jan 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ For a complete listing of all help items see |help-tags|.
 ==============================================================================
 1. Insert mode						*insert-index*
 
-tag		char		action	~
+tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 |i_CTRL-@|	CTRL-@		insert previously inserted text and stop
 				insert
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ tag		char		action	~
 |i_CTRL-^|	CTRL-^		toggle use of |:lmap| mappings
 |i_CTRL-_|	CTRL-_		When 'allowrevins' set: change language
 				(Hebrew, Farsi) {only when compiled with
-				+rightleft feature}
+				the |+rightleft| feature}
 
 		<Space> to '~'	not used, except '0' and '^' followed by
 				CTRL-D
@@ -136,10 +136,14 @@ tag		char		action	~
 |i_<Help>|	<Help>		stop insert mode and display help window
 |i_<Insert>|	<Insert>	toggle Insert/Replace mode
 |i_<LeftMouse>|	<LeftMouse>	cursor at mouse click
-|i_<MouseDown>|	<MouseDown>	scroll three lines downwards
+|i_<ScrollWheelDown>|	<ScrollWheelDown>	move window three lines down
-|i_<S-MouseDown>| <S-MouseDown>	scroll a full page downwards
+|i_<S-ScrollWheelDown>|	<S-ScrollWheelDown>	move window one page down
-|i_<MouseUp>|	<MouseUp>	scroll three lines upwards
+|i_<ScrollWheelUp>|	<ScrollWheelUp>		move window three lines up
-|i_<S-MouseUp>|	<S-MouseUp>	scroll a full page upwards
+|i_<S-ScrollWheelUp>|	<S-ScrollWheelUp>	move window one page up
+|i_<ScrollWheelLeft>|	<ScrollWheelLeft>	move window six columns left
+|i_<S-ScrollWheelLeft>| <S-ScrollWheelLeft>	move window one page left
+|i_<ScrollWheelRight>|	<ScrollWheelRight>	move window six columns right
+|i_<S-ScrollWheelRight>| <S-ScrollWheelRight>	move window one page right
 
 commands in CTRL-X submode				*i_CTRL-X_index*
 
@@ -159,7 +163,7 @@ commands in CTRL-X submode				*i_CTRL-X_index*
 |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-V|	CTRL-X CTRL-V	complete like in : command line
 |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-]|	CTRL-X CTRL-]	complete tags
 |i_CTRL-X_s|		CTRL-X s	spelling suggestions
-{not available when compiled without the +insert_expand feature}
+{not available when compiled without the |+insert_expand| feature}
 
 ==============================================================================
 2. Normal mode						*normal-index*
@@ -441,17 +445,21 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |<S-Up>|	<S-Up>		1  same as CTRL-B
 |<Undo>|	<Undo>		2  same as "u"
 |<Up>|		<Up>		1  same as "k"
-|<MouseDown>|	<MouseDown>	   scroll three lines downwards
+|<ScrollWheelDown>|	<ScrollWheelDown>	move window three lines down
-|<S-MouseDown>|	<S-MouseDown>	   scroll a full page downwards
+|<S-ScrollWheelDown>|	<S-ScrollWheelDown>	move window one page down
-|<MouseUp>|	<MouseUp>	   scroll three lines upwards
+|<ScrollWheelUp>|	<ScrollWheelUp>		move window three lines up
-|<S-MouseUp>|	<S-MouseUp>	   scroll a full page upwards
+|<S-ScrollWheelUp>|	<S-ScrollWheelUp>	move window one page up
+|<ScrollWheelLeft>|	<ScrollWheelLeft>	move window six columns left
+|<S-ScrollWheelLeft>|	<S-ScrollWheelLeft>	move window one page left
+|<ScrollWheelRight>|	<ScrollWheelRight>	move window six columns right
+|<S-ScrollWheelRight>|	<S-ScrollWheelRight>	move window one page right
 
 ==============================================================================
 2.1 Text objects						*objects*
 
 These can be used after an operator or in Visual mode to select an object.
 
-tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
+tag		command		   action in op-pending and Visual mode	~
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 |v_aquote|	a"		   double quoted string
 |v_a'|		a'		   single quoted string
@@ -522,7 +530,7 @@ tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
 |CTRL-W_+|	CTRL-W +	   increase current window height N lines
 |CTRL-W_-|	CTRL-W -	   decrease current window height N lines
 |CTRL-W_<|	CTRL-W <	   decrease current window width N columns
-|CTRL-W_=|	CTRL-W =	   make all windows the same height
+|CTRL-W_=|	CTRL-W =	   make all windows the same height & width
 |CTRL-W_>|	CTRL-W >	   increase current window width N columns
 |CTRL-W_H|	CTRL-W H	   move current window to the far left
 |CTRL-W_J|	CTRL-W J	   move current window to the very bottom
@@ -572,7 +580,7 @@ tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
 				   window N lines high
 |CTRL-W_t|	CTRL-W t	   go to top window
 |CTRL-W_v|	CTRL-W v	   split current window vertically, new window
-				   N lines wide
+				   N columns wide
 |CTRL-W_w|	CTRL-W w	   go to N next window (wrap around)
 |CTRL-W_x|	CTRL-W x	   exchange current window with window N
 				   (default: next window)
@@ -713,6 +721,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |gJ|		gJ		2  join lines without inserting space
 |gP|		["x]gP		2  put the text [from register x] before the
 				   cursor N times, leave the cursor after it
+|gQ|		gQ		    switch to "Ex" mode with Vim editing
 |gR|		gR		2  enter Virtual Replace mode
 |gU|		gU{motion}	2  make Nmove text uppercase
 |gV|		gV		   don't reselect the previous Visual area
@@ -943,11 +952,13 @@ Normal characters are inserted at the current cursor position.
 "Completion" below refers to context-sensitive completion.  It will complete
 file names, tags, commands etc. as appropriate.
 
+tag		command	      action in Command-line editing mode	~
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 		CTRL-@		not used
 |c_CTRL-A|	CTRL-A		do completion on the pattern in front of the
 				cursor and insert all matches
 |c_CTRL-B|	CTRL-B		cursor to begin of command-line
-|c_CTRL-C|	CTRL-C		same as <ESC>
+|c_CTRL-C|	CTRL-C		same as <Esc>
 |c_CTRL-D|	CTRL-D		list completions that match the pattern in
 				front of the cursor
 |c_CTRL-E|	CTRL-E		cursor to end of command-line
@@ -1038,6 +1049,8 @@ This is a brief but complete listing of all the ":" commands, without
 mentioning any arguments.  The optional part of the command name is inside [].
 The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 
+tag	      command	      action ~
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 |:!|		:!		filter lines or execute an external command
 |:!!|		:!!		repeat last ":!" command
 |:#|		:#		same as ":number"
@@ -1299,6 +1312,9 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:ltag|		:lt[ag]		jump to tag and add matching tags to the
 				location list
 |:lunmap|	:lu[nmap]	like ":unmap!" but includes Lang-Arg mode
+|:lua|		:lua		execute |Lua| command
+|:luado|	:luad[o]	execute Lua command for each line
+|:luafile|	:luaf[ile]	execute |Lua| script file
 |:lvimgrep|	:lv[imgrep]	search for pattern in files
 |:lvimgrepadd|	:lvimgrepa[dd]	like :vimgrep, but append to current list
 |:lwindow|	:lw[indow]	open or close location window
@@ -1321,7 +1337,9 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:mode|		:mod[e]		show or change the screen mode
 |:mzscheme|	:mz[scheme]	execute MzScheme command
 |:mzfile|	:mzf[ile]	execute MzScheme script file
+|:nbclose|	:nbc[lose]	close the current Netbeans session
 |:nbkey|	:nb[key]	pass a key to Netbeans
+|:nbstart|	:nbs[art]	start a new Netbeans session
 |:next|		:n[ext]		go to next file in the argument list
 |:new|		:new		create a new empty window
 |:nmap|		:nm[ap]		like ":map" but for Normal mode
@@ -1339,6 +1357,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:number|	:nu[mber]	print lines with line number
 |:nunmap|	:nun[map]	like ":unmap" but for Normal mode
 |:nunmenu|	:nunme[nu]	remove menu for Normal mode
+|:oldfiles|	:ol[dfiles]	list files that have marks in the viminfo file
 |:open|		:o[pen]		start open mode (not implemented)
 |:omap|		:om[ap]		like ":map" but for Operator-pending mode
 |:omapclear|	:omapc[lear]	remove all mappings for Operator-pending mode
@@ -1349,6 +1368,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:options|	:opt[ions]	open the options-window
 |:ounmap|	:ou[nmap]	like ":unmap" but for Operator-pending mode
 |:ounmenu|	:ounme[nu]	remove menu for Operator-pending mode
+|:ownsyntax|	:ow[nsyntax]	set new local syntax highlight for this window
 |:pclose|	:pc[lose]	close preview window
 |:pedit|	:ped[it]	edit file in the preview window
 |:perl|		:pe[rl]		execute Perl command
@@ -1375,6 +1395,9 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:ptselect|	:pts[elect]	|:tselect| and show tag in preview window
 |:put|		:pu[t]		insert contents of register in the text
 |:pwd|		:pw[d]		print current directory
+|:py3|		:py3		execute Python 3 command
+|:python3|	:python3	same as :py3
+|:py3file|	:py3f[ile]	execute Python 3 script file
 |:python|	:py[thon]	execute Python command
 |:pyfile|	:pyf[ile]	execute Python script file
 |:quit|		:q[uit]		quit current window (when one window quit Vim)
@@ -1396,6 +1419,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:ruby|		:rub[y]		execute Ruby command
 |:rubydo|	:rubyd[o]	execute Ruby command for each line
 |:rubyfile|	:rubyf[ile]	execute Ruby script file
+|:rundo|	:rund[o]	read undo information from a file
 |:runtime|	:ru[ntime]	source vim scripts in 'runtimepath'
 |:rviminfo|	:rv[iminfo]	read from viminfo file
 |:substitute|	:s[ubstitute]	find and replace text
@@ -1436,7 +1460,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:shell|	:sh[ell]	escape to a shell
 |:simalt|	:sim[alt]	Win32 GUI: simulate Windows ALT key
 |:sign|		:sig[n]		manipulate signs
-|:silent|	:sil[ent]	Run a command silently
+|:silent|	:sil[ent]	run a command silently
 |:sleep|	:sl[eep]	do nothing for a few seconds
 |:slast|	:sla[st]	split window and go to last file in the
 				argument list
@@ -1525,6 +1549,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:unlockvar|	:unlo[ckvar]	unlock variables
 |:unmap|	:unm[ap]	remove mapping
 |:unmenu|	:unme[nu]	remove menu
+|:unsilent|	:uns[ilent]	run a command not silently
 |:update|	:up[date]	write buffer if modified
 |:vglobal|	:v[global]	execute commands for not matching lines
 |:version|	:ve[rsion]	print version number and other info
@@ -1560,6 +1585,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:wq|		:wq		write to a file and quit window or Vim
 |:wqall|	:wqa[ll]	write all changed buffers and quit Vim
 |:wsverb|	:ws[verb]	pass the verb to workshop over IPC
+|:wundo|	:wu[ndo]	write undo information to a file
 |:wviminfo|	:wv[iminfo]	write to viminfo file
 |:xit|		:x[it]		write if buffer changed and quit window or Vim
 |:xall|		:xa[ll]		same as ":wqall"

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 21
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Nov 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -123,6 +123,7 @@ CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=}					*i_CTRL-R*
 			':'	the last command-line
 			'.'	the last inserted text
 			'-'	the last small (less than a line) delete
+							*i_CTRL-R_=*
 			'='	the expression register: you are prompted to
 				enter an expression (see |expression|)
 				Note that 0x80 (128 decimal) is used for
@@ -133,6 +134,8 @@ CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=}					*i_CTRL-R*
 				When the result is a |List| the items are used
 				as lines.  They can have line breaks inside
 				too.
+				When the result is a Float it's automatically
+				converted to a String.
 		See |registers| about registers.  {not in Vi}
 
 CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
@@ -356,10 +359,14 @@ CTRL-G CTRL-J	cursor one line down, insert start column    *i_CTRL-G_CTRL-J*
 <PageUp>	move window one page up			     *i_<PageUp>*
 <S-Down>	move window one page down		     *i_<S-Down>*
 <PageDown>	move window one page down		     *i_<PageDown>*
-<MouseDown>	scroll three lines down			     *i_<MouseDown>*
+<ScrollWheelDown>    move window three lines down	*i_<ScrollWheelDown>*
-<S-MouseDown>	scroll a full page down			     *i_<S-MouseDown>*
+<S-ScrollWheelDown>  move window one page down		*i_<S-ScrollWheelDown>*
-<MouseUp>	scroll three lines up			     *i_<MouseUp>*
+<ScrollWheelUp>      move window three lines up		*i_<ScrollWheelUp>*
-<S-MouseUp>	scroll a full page up			     *i_<S-MouseUp>*
+<S-ScrollWheelUp>    move window one page up		*i_<S-ScrollWheelUp>*
+<ScrollWheelLeft>    move window six columns left	*i_<ScrollWheelLeft>*
+<S-ScrollWheelLeft>  move window one page left		*i_<S-ScrollWheelLeft>*
+<ScrollWheelRight>   move window six columns right	*i_<ScrollWheelRight>*
+<S-ScrollWheelRight> move window one page right		*i_<S-ScrollWheelRight>*
 CTRL-O		execute one command, return to Insert mode   *i_CTRL-O*
 CTRL-\ CTRL-O	like CTRL-O but don't move the cursor	     *i_CTRL-\_CTRL-O*
 CTRL-L		when 'insertmode' is set: go to Normal mode  *i_CTRL-L*
@@ -375,6 +382,10 @@ mappings it's often better to use <Esc> (first put an "x" in the text, <Esc>
 will then always put the cursor on it).  Or use CTRL-\ CTRL-O, but then
 beware of the cursor possibly being beyond the end of the line.
 
+The CTRL-O command takes you to Normal mode.  If you then use a command enter
+Insert mode again it doesn't nest.  Thus when typing "a<C-O>a" and then <Esc>
+takes you back to Normal mode, you do not need to type <Esc> twice.
+
 The shifted cursor keys are not available on all terminals.
 
 Another side effect is that a count specified before the "i" or "a" command is
@@ -520,7 +531,7 @@ last one).  {Vi does not have the 'expandtab' option}
 6. Virtual Replace mode		*vreplace-mode* *Virtual-Replace-mode*
 
 Enter Virtual Replace mode with the "gR" command in normal mode.
-{not available when compiled without the +vreplace feature}
+{not available when compiled without the |+vreplace| feature}
 {Vi does not have Virtual Replace mode}
 
 Virtual Replace mode is similar to Replace mode, but instead of replacing
@@ -548,12 +559,11 @@ CTRL-D, 'expandtab', 'smarttab', 'softtabstop', etc.
 In 'list' mode, Virtual Replace mode acts as if it was not in 'list' mode,
 unless "L" is in 'cpoptions'.
 
-Note that the only times characters beyond the cursor should appear to move
+Note that the only situations for which characters beyond the cursor should
-are in 'list' mode, and occasionally when 'wrap' is set (and the line changes
+appear to move are in List mode |'list'|, and occasionally when 'wrap' is set
-length to become shorter or wider than the width of the screen), or
+(and the line changes length to become shorter or wider than the width of the
-momentarily when typing over a CTRL character.  A CTRL character takes up two
+screen).  In other cases spaces may be inserted to avoid following characters
-screen spaces.  When replacing it with two normal characters, the first will
+to move.
-be inserted and the second will replace the CTRL character.
 
 This mode is very useful for editing <Tab> separated columns in tables, for
 entering new data while keeping all the columns aligned.
@@ -636,6 +646,7 @@ completion operation: >
 	      return "\<Tab>"
 	   else
 	      return "\<C-N>"
+	   endif
 	endfunction
 	inoremap <Tab> <C-R>=CleverTab()<CR>
 
@@ -660,7 +671,8 @@ CTRL-X CTRL-L		Search backwards for a line that starts with the
 
 	CTRL-X CTRL-L	After expanding a line you can additionally get the
 			line next to it by typing CTRL-X CTRL-L again, unless
-			a double CTRL-X is used.
+			a double CTRL-X is used.  Only works for loaded
+			buffers.
 
 Completing keywords in current file			*compl-current*
 
@@ -1025,6 +1037,8 @@ items:
 			items that only differ in case are added
 	dup		when non-zero this match will be added even when an
 			item with the same word is already present.
+	empty		when non-zero this match will be added even when it is
+			an empty string
 
 All of these except 'icase' must be a string.  If an item does not meet these
 requirements then an error message is given and further items in the list are
@@ -1035,7 +1049,8 @@ be relatively short.  The "info" item can be longer, it will  be displayed in
 the preview window when "preview" appears in 'completeopt'.  The "info" item
 will also remain displayed after the popup menu has been removed.  This is
 useful for function arguments.  Use a single space for "info" to remove
-existing text in the preview window.
+existing text in the preview window.  The size of the preview window is three
+lines, but 'previewheight' is used when it has a value of 1 or 2.
 
 The "kind" item uses a single letter to indicate the kind of completion.  This
 may be used to show the completion differently (different color or icon).
@@ -1051,9 +1066,9 @@ match to the total list.  These matches should then not appear in the returned
 list!  Call |complete_check()| now and then to allow the user to press a key
 while still searching for matches.  Stop searching when it returns non-zero.
 
-The function is allowed to move the cursor, it is restored afterwards.  This
+							*E839* *E840*
-option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for security
+The function is allowed to move the cursor, it is restored afterwards.
-reasons.
+The function is not allowed to move to another window or delete text.
 
 An example that completes the names of the months: >
 	fun! CompleteMonths(findstart, base)
@@ -1353,7 +1368,7 @@ Script completes:
 - function names with additional info:
   - in case of built-in functions list of possible arguments and after | type
     data returned by function
-  - in case of user function arguments and name of file were function was
+  - in case of user function arguments and name of file where function was
     defined (if it is not current file)
 
 - constants names
@@ -1441,8 +1456,8 @@ a look at the PHP filetype to see how this works.
 If you edit a file called, index.php, run the following command: >
 	:syntax list
 
-First thing you will notice is there are many different syntax groups.  The
+The first thing you will notice is that there are many different syntax groups.
-PHP language can include elements from different languages like HTML,
+The PHP language can include elements from different languages like HTML,
 JavaScript and many more.  The syntax plugin will only include syntax groups
 that begin with the filetype, "php", in this case.  For example these syntax
 groups are included by default with the PHP: phpEnvVar, phpIntVar,
@@ -1479,6 +1494,38 @@ on word characters.   This can be controlled adding the following to your
 vimrc: >
     let g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword = 0
 
+For plugin developers, the plugin exposes a public function OmniSyntaxList.
+This function can be used to request a List of syntax items.  When editing a
+SQL file (:e syntax.sql) you can use the ":syntax list" command to see the 
+various groups and syntax items.  For example: >
+    syntax list 
+
+Yields data similar to this: >
+    sqlOperator    xxx some prior all like and any escape exists in is not 
+                       or intersect minus between distinct
+                       links to Operator
+    sqlType        xxx varbit varchar nvarchar bigint int uniqueidentifier 
+                       date money long tinyint unsigned xml text smalldate 
+                       double datetime nchar smallint numeric time bit char 
+                       varbinary binary smallmoney
+                       image float integer timestamp real decimal
+
+There are two syntax groups listed here: sqlOperator and sqlType.  To retrieve
+a List of syntax items you can call OmniSyntaxList a number of different 
+ways.  To retrieve all syntax items regardless of syntax group:  >
+    echo OmniSyntaxList( [] )
+
+To retrieve only the syntax items for the sqlOperator syntax group: >
+    echo OmniSyntaxList( ['sqlOperator'] )
+
+To retrieve all syntax items for both the sqlOperator and sqlType groups: >
+    echo OmniSyntaxList( ['sqlOperator', 'sqlType'] )
+
+From within a plugin, you would typically assign the output to a List: >
+    let myKeywords = []
+    let myKeywords = OmniSyntaxList( ['sqlKeyword'] )
+
+    
 
 SQL							*ft-sql-omni*
 
@@ -1488,7 +1535,7 @@ with data pulled directly from within a database.  For detailed instructions
 and a tutorial see |omni-sql-completion|.
 
 The SQL completion plugin can be used in conjunction with other completion
-plugins.  For example, the PHP filetype has it's own completion plugin.
+plugins.  For example, the PHP filetype has its own completion plugin.
 Since PHP is often used to generate dynamic website by accessing a database,
 the SQL completion plugin can also be enabled.  This allows you to complete
 PHP code and SQL code at the same time.
@@ -1725,14 +1772,14 @@ too long when appending characters a line break is automatically inserted.
 These two commands will keep on asking for lines, until you type a line
 containing only a ".".  Watch out for lines starting with a backslash, see
 |line-continuation|.
-When these commands are used with |:global| or |:vglobal| then the lines are
+
-obtained from the text following the command.  Separate lines with a NL
+When in Ex mode (see |-e|) a backslash at the end of the line can be used to
-escaped with a backslash: >
+insert a NUL character.  To be able to have a line ending in a backslash use
-	:global/abc/insert\
+two backslashes.  This means that the number of backslashes is halved, but
-	one line\
+only at the end of the line.
-	another line
+
-The final "." is not needed then.
+NOTE: These commands cannot be used with |:global| or |:vglobal|.
-NOTE: ":append" and ":insert" don't work properly in between ":if" and
+":append" and ":insert" don't work properly in between ":if" and
 ":endif", ":for" and ":endfor", ":while" and ":endwhile".
 
 							*:start* *:startinsert*
@@ -1745,7 +1792,7 @@ NOTE: ":append" and ":insert" don't work properly in between ":if" and
 			or script is finished.
 			This command does not work from |:normal|.
 			{not in Vi}
-			{not available when compiled without the +ex_extra
+			{not available when compiled without the |+ex_extra|
 			feature}
 
 							*:stopi* *:stopinsert*
@@ -1764,14 +1811,14 @@ NOTE: ":append" and ":insert" don't work properly in between ":if" and
 			script that the replacement will only start after
 			the function or script is finished.
 			{not in Vi}
-			{not available when compiled without the +ex_extra
+			{not available when compiled without the |+ex_extra|
 			feature}
 
 							*:startgreplace*
 :startg[replace][!]	Just like |:startreplace|, but use Virtual Replace
 			mode, like with |gR|.
 			{not in Vi}
-			{not available when compiled without the +ex_extra
+			{not available when compiled without the |+ex_extra|
 			feature}
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 24
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -43,6 +43,10 @@ between different computers and terminals.  Besides the remarks given in this
 document, there is a separate document for each supported system, see
 |sys-file-list|.
 
+							*pronounce*
+Vim is pronounced as one word, like Jim, not vi-ai-em.  It's written with a
+capital, since it's a name, again like Jim.
+
 This manual is a reference for all the Vim commands and options.  This is not
 an introduction to the use of Vi or Vim, it gets a bit complicated here and
 there.  For beginners, there is a hands-on |tutor|.  To learn using Vim, read
@@ -190,6 +194,7 @@ patches, suggestions and giving feedback about what is good and bad in Vim.
 Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 
 	Ron Aaron		Win32 GUI changes
+	Mohsin Ahmed		encryption
 	Zoltan Arpadffy		work on VMS port
 	Tony Andrews		Stevie
 	Gert van Antwerpen	changes for DJGPP on MS-DOS
@@ -222,13 +227,13 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 	David Leonard		Port of Python extensions to Unix
 	Avner Lottem		Edit in right-to-left windows
 	Flemming Madsen		X11 client-server, various features and patches
-	Microsoft		Gave me a copy of DevStudio to compile Vim with
+	Tony Mechelynck		answers many user questions
 	Paul Moore		Python interface extensions, many patches
 	Katsuhito Nagano	Work on multi-byte versions
 	Sung-Hyun Nam		Work on multi-byte versions
 	Vince Negri		Win32 GUI and generic console enhancements
 	Steve Oualline		Author of the first Vim book |frombook|
-	Dominique Pelle		figuring out valgrind reports and fixes
+	Dominique Pelle		valgrind reports and many fixes
 	A.Politz		Many bug reports and some fixes
 	George V. Reilly	Win32 port, Win32 GUI start-off
 	Stephen Riehm		bug collector
@@ -295,7 +300,7 @@ and <> are part of what you type, the context should make this clear.
 
 []		Characters in square brackets are optional.
 
-						    *count* *[count]* *E489*
+						    *count* *[count]*
 [count]		An optional number that may precede the command to multiply
 		or iterate the command.  If no number is given, a count of one
 		is used, unless otherwise noted.  Note that in this manual the
@@ -611,7 +616,6 @@ Replace		 <Esc>	  --	  --	<Insert>	      --      --
 Command-line	 *3	  --	  --	 :start	    --		      --
 Ex		 :vi	  --	  --	 --	    --	      --
 
--  NA
 -- not possible
 
 *1 Go from Normal mode to Insert mode by giving the command "i", "I", "a",
@@ -698,7 +702,7 @@ Lines longer than the window width will wrap, unless the 'wrap' option is off
 (see below).  The 'linebreak' option can be set to wrap at a blank character.
 
 If the window has room after the last line of the buffer, Vim will show '~' in
-the first column of the last lines in the window, like this: >
+the first column of the last lines in the window, like this:
 
 	+-----------------------+
 	|some line		|
@@ -710,7 +714,7 @@ the first column of the last lines in the window, like this: >
 Thus the '~' lines indicate that the end of the buffer was reached.
 
 If the last line in a window doesn't fit, Vim will indicate this with a '@' in
-the first column of the last lines in the window, like this: >
+the first column of the last lines in the window, like this:
 
 	+-----------------------+
 	|first line		|
@@ -725,7 +729,7 @@ window.
 When the "lastline" flag is present in the 'display' option, you will not see
 '@' characters at the left side of window.  If the last line doesn't fit
 completely, only the part that fits is shown, and the last three characters of
-the last line are replaced with "@@@", like this: >
+the last line are replaced with "@@@", like this:
 
 	+-----------------------+
 	|first line		|